Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-Q
     
þ   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number: 000-51447
 
EXPEDIA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   20-2705720
     
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
3150 139 th Avenue SE
Bellevue, WA 98005
(Address of principal executive office) (Zip Code)
(425) 679-7200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ   No o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer o                      Accelerated filer o                      Non-accelerated filer þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).   Yes o   No þ
     The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of October 31, 2006 was:
         
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share
  305,520,821 shares
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value per share
  25,599,998 shares
 
 

 


 

EXPEDIA, INC.

Form 10-Q

For the Quarter Ended September 30, 2006

Contents
         
  Financial Information    
  Consolidated Financial Statements    
    Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) 2  
    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2006 (unaudited), and December 31, 2005 3  
    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) 4  
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) 5  
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 6  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 20  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 35  
  Controls and Procedures 37  
 
       
Part II   Other Information    
  Legal Proceedings 38  
  Risk Factors 40  
  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds 41  
  Exhibits 42  
    43  
  EXHIBIT 4.1
  EXHIBIT 4.2
  EXHIBIT 10.19
  EXHIBIT 10.20
  EXHIBIT 10.21
  EXHIBIT 10.22
  EXHIBIT 10.23
  EXHIBIT 10.24
  EXHIBIT 31.1
  EXHIBIT 31.2
  EXHIBIT 31.3
  EXHIBIT 32.1
  EXHIBIT 32.2
  EXHIBIT 32.3

 


Table of Contents

Part I. Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements
EXPEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
                                 
    Three months ended     Nine months ended  
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Revenue
  $ 613,942     $ 584,653     $ 1,706,298     $ 1,624,706  
Cost of revenue(1)
    133,094       124,020       380,857       367,607  
 
                       
Gross profit
    480,848       460,633       1,325,441       1,257,099  
 
Operating expenses:
                               
Selling and marketing(1)
    215,086       184,560       614,778       556,763  
General and administrative(1)
    66,156       60,686       210,570       183,736  
Technology and content(1)
    36,034       30,854       104,866       101,998  
Amortization of intangible assets
    26,569       30,756       86,860       94,204  
Impairment of intangible asset
    47,000             47,000        
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
    711       5,138       9,578       9,055  
 
                       
Operating income
    89,292       148,639       251,789       311,343  
Other income (expense):
                               
Interest income from IAC/InterActiveCorp
          15,316             40,089  
Other interest income
    9,697       2,962       20,332       7,774  
Interest expense
    (4,857 )     (310 )     (7,230 )     (384 )
Write-off of long-term investment
          (23,426 )           (23,426 )
Other, net
    2,926       7,379       17,049       11,889  
 
                       
Total other income, net
    7,766       1,921       30,151       35,942  
 
                       
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    97,058       150,560       281,940       347,285  
Provision for income taxes
    (37,707 )     (69,026 )     (103,523 )     (143,895 )
Minority interest in (earnings) losses of consolidated subsidiaries, net
    (374 )     501       (623 )     106  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 58,977     $ 82,035     $ 177,794     $ 203,496  
 
                       
Net earnings per share available to common stockholders:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.18     $ 0.24     $ 0.52     $ 0.61  
Diluted
    0.17       0.23       0.50       0.59  
 
                               
Shares used in computing earnings per share:
                               
Basic
    330,359       336,409       340,660       335,833  
Diluted
    341,137       353,351       355,075       344,819  
 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                               
Cost of revenue
  $ 1,816     $ (4,052 )   $ 6,627     $ 7,133  
Selling and marketing
    2,968       (861 )     11,665       14,590  
General and administrative
    7,043       1,791       25,483       37,527  
Technology and content
    4,612       2,113       13,772       20,649  
 
                       
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 16,439     $ (1,009 )   $ 57,547     $ 79,899  
 
                       
See accompanying notes.

2


Table of Contents

EXPEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
                 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (Unaudited)          
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 945,692     $ 297,416  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
    18,274       23,585  
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $4,365 and $3,914
    216,947       174,019  
Prepaid merchant bookings
    53,040       30,655  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    62,002       64,569  
 
           
Total current assets
    1,295,955       590,244  
Property and equipment, net
    124,737       90,984  
Long-term investments and other assets
    56,113       39,431  
Intangible assets, net
    1,050,764       1,176,503  
Goodwill
    5,856,663       5,859,730  
 
           
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 8,384,232     $ 7,756,892  
 
           
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable, merchant
  $ 658,452     $ 534,882  
Accounts payable, other
    126,934       107,580  
Short-term borrowings
    256       230,755  
Deferred merchant bookings
    623,944       406,948  
Deferred revenue
    11,083       7,068  
Income taxes payable
    80,396       43,405  
Deferred income taxes, net
    103       3,178  
Other current liabilities
    125,946       104,409  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    1,627,114       1,438,225  
Long-term debt
    500,000        
Deferred income taxes, net
    341,433       368,880  
Derivative liabilities
    30,845       105,827  
Other long-term liabilities
    34,427       38,423  
Minority interest
    55,960       71,774  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock $.001 par value
           
Authorized shares: 100,000,000
               
Series A shares issued and outstanding: 846 and 846
               
Common stock $.001 par value
    327       323  
Authorized shares: 1,600,000,000
               
Shares issued: 327,428,245 and 323,184,577
               
Shares outstanding: 305,293,547 and 321,979,486
               
Class B common stock $.001 par value
    26       26  
Authorized shares: 400,000,000
               
Shares issued and outstanding: 25,599,998 and 25,599,998
               
Additional paid-in capital
    5,865,119       5,695,498  
Treasury stock — Common stock, at cost
    (320,569 )     (25,464 )
Shares: 22,134,698 and 1,205,091
               
Retained earnings
    242,772       64,978  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    6,778       (1,598 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    5,794,453       5,733,763  
 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 8,384,232     $ 7,756,892  
 
           
See accompanying notes.

3


Table of Contents

EXPEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited)
                                                                                         
                                                                            Accumulated        
                                    Class B     Additional                     other        
    Preferred stock     Common stock     common stock     paid-in     Treasury     Retained     comprehensive        
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     capital     stock     earnings     income (loss)     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    846     $       323,184,577     $ 323       25,599,998     $ 26     $ 5,695,498     $ (25,464 )   $ 64,978     $ (1,598 )   $ 5,733,763  
 
                                                                                       
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                       
Net income
                                                                    177,794               177,794  
Net loss on derivative contracts
                                                                            (1,097 )     (1,097 )
Currency translation adjustment
                                                                            9,473       9,473  
 
                                                                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                                                                    186,170  
 
                                                                                     
Settlement of derivative liability
                                                    71,584                               71,584  
Proceeds from exercise of equity instruments
                    4,243,668       4                       29,163                               29,167  
Spin-Off related tax adjustment
                                                    17,465                               17,465  
Tax deficiencies on equity awards and other, net
                                                    (7,869 )                             (7,869 )
Treasury stock activity related to exercise of equity instruments
                                                            (6,777 )                     (6,777 )
Common stock repurchases
                                                            (288,328 )                     (288,328 )
Modification of cash-based equity awards
                                                    2,930                               2,930  
Stock-based compensation expense
                                                    56,348                               56,348  
 
                                                                 
Balance as of September 30, 2006
    846     $       327,428,245     $ 327       25,599,998     $ 26     $ 5,865,119     $ (320,569 )   $ 242,772     $ 6,778     $ 5,794,453  
 
                                                                 
See accompanying notes.

4


Table of Contents

EXPEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
(Unaudited)
                 
    Nine months ended  
    September 30,  
    2006     2005  
Operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 177,794     $ 203,496  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation
    35,834       37,869  
Amortization of intangible assets, non-cash distribution and marketing, and stock-based compensation
    153,985       183,158  
Deferred income taxes
    (31,702 )     29,948  
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net
    (11,609 )     (12,000 )
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    (2,331 )     (870 )
Minority interest in earnings (losses) of consolidated subsidiaries, net
    623       (106 )
Write-off of long-term investment
          23,426  
Impairment of intangible asset
    47,000        
Other
    785       690  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
               
Accounts and notes receivable
    (39,767 )     (28,468 )
Prepaid merchant bookings and prepaid expenses
    (30,178 )     (39,047 )
Accounts payable, other and other current liabilities
    103,189       133,105  
Accounts payable, merchant
    122,307       212,804  
Deferred merchant bookings
    216,911       197,154  
Deferred revenue
    4,001       2,494  
 
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
    746,842       943,653  
 
           
Investing activities:
               
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (29,830 )     11,515  
Capital expenditures
    (67,580 )     (40,859 )
Increase in long-term investments and deposits
    (1,820 )     (2,379 )
Transfers to IAC/InterActiveCorp, net
          (753,613 )
Other, net
          (1,967 )
 
           
Net cash used in investing activities
    (99,230 )     (787,303 )
 
           
Financing activities:
               
Repayment of short-term borrowings
    (230,649 )      
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
    495,682        
Changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents
    (2,604 )     (23,173 )
Proceeds from exercise of equity awards
    29,360       20,458  
Excess tax benefit on equity awards
    781        
Treasury stock activity
    (295,105 )      
Distribution to IAC/InterActiveCorp, net
          (65,991 )
Other, net
          (2,601 )
 
           
Net cash used in financing activities
    (2,535 )     (71,307 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    3,199       1,164  
 
           
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    648,276       86,207  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    297,416       141,668  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 945,692     $ 227,875  
 
           
Supplemental cash flow information
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ 2,859     $  
Income tax payments, net
    63,955       5,115  
See accompanying notes.

5


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2006
(Unaudited)
Note 1 – Basis of Presentation
     Description of Business
     Expedia, Inc. and its subsidiaries provide travel products and services to leisure and corporate travelers in the United States (“U.S.”) and abroad. These travel products and services are offered through a diversified portfolio of brands including: Expedia, Hotels.com, Hotwire.com, our private label programs (Worldwide Travel Exchange and Interactive Affiliate Network), Classic Vacations, Expedia Corporate Travel (“ECT”), eLong and TripAdvisor. In addition, many of these brands have related international points of sale. We refer to Expedia, Inc. and its subsidiaries collectively as “Expedia,” the “Company,” “us,” “we” and “our” in these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
     On December 21, 2004, IAC/InterActiveCorp (“IAC”) announced its plan to separate into two independent public companies to allow each company to focus on its individual strategic objectives. We refer to this transaction as the “Spin-Off.” A new company, Expedia, Inc., was incorporated under Delaware law in April 2005, to hold substantially all of IAC’s travel and travel-related businesses. On August 9, 2005, the Spin-Off was completed and Expedia, Inc. shares began trading on NASDAQ under the symbol “EXPE.”
Basis of Presentation
     These accompanying financial statements present our results of operations, financial position, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows on a combined basis through the Spin-Off on August 9, 2005, and on a consolidated basis thereafter. We have prepared the combined financial statements from the historical results of operations and historical bases of the assets and liabilities with the exception of income taxes. We have computed income taxes using our stand-alone tax rate. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include Expedia, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiaries, and entities we control. We have eliminated significant intercompany transactions and accounts.
     We believe that the assumptions underlying our unaudited consolidated financial statements are reasonable. However, these unaudited consolidated financial statements do not present our future financial position, the results of our future operations and cash flows, nor do they present what our historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been prior to Spin-Off had we been a stand-alone company.
     We have prepared the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial reporting. We have included all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. These adjustments consist of normal recurring items. Our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the full year. These interim unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
Accounting Estimates
     We use estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Our estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets

6


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amount of net income during any period. Our actual financial results could differ significantly from these estimates. The significant estimates underlying our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, accounting for merchant payables, recoverability of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes, occupancy tax, stock-based compensation and accounting for derivative instruments.
     Reclassifications
     We have reclassified prior period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.
     In our consolidated statements of income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, we reclassified stock-based compensation expense to the same operating expense line items as cash compensation paid to employees in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”).
     In our consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, we reclassified $13.1 million of transfers to IAC from financing activities to investing activities, and we reclassified $13.3 million of changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents to financing activities.
     In our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005, we reclassified $19.7 million from accounts payable, other, to accounts payable, merchant ($19.3 million) and other current liabilities ($0.4 million).
      Seasonality
     We generally experience seasonal fluctuations in the demand for our travel products and services. For example, traditional leisure travel bookings are generally the highest in the first three quarters of the year as travelers plan and book their spring, summer and holiday travel. The number of bookings decreases in the fourth quarter. Because revenue in the merchant business is generally recognized when the travel takes place rather than when it is booked, revenue typically lags bookings by a month or longer. As a result, revenue is typically the lowest in the first quarter and highest in the third quarter.
Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
      Stock-Based Compensation
     Effective January 1, 2006, we began accounting for stock-based compensation under the modified prospective method provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), and related guidance. Under SFAS 123(R), we continue to measure and amortize the fair value for all share-based payments consistent with our past practice under SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure . As a result, the adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not have a material impact on our financial position.
     We measure and amortize the fair value of restricted stock units, stock options and warrants as follows:
      Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”). RSUs are stock awards that are granted to employees entitling the holder to shares of common stock as the award vests, typically over a five-year period. We measure the value of RSUs at fair value based on the number of shares granted and the quoted price of our common stock at the date of grant. We amortize the fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, as stock-based compensation expense over the vesting term on a straight-line basis. We record RSUs that may be settled by the holder in cash, rather than shares, as a liability and we remeasure these instruments at fair value at the end of each reporting period.

7


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
Upon settlement of these awards, our total compensation expense recorded over the vesting period of the awards will equal the settlement amount, which is based on our stock price on the settlement date.
     Performance-based RSUs vest upon achievement of certain company-based performance conditions. On the date of grant, we assess whether it is probable that the performance targets will be achieved, and if assessed as probable, we determine the fair value of the performance-based award based on the fair value of our common stock at that time. We record compensation expense for these awards over the estimated performance period using the accelerated method under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 28, Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans — an interpretation of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 15 and 25 . At each reporting period, we reassess the probability of achieving the performance targets and the performance period required to meet those targets. The estimation of whether the performance targets will be achieved and of the performance period required to achieve the targets requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, the cumulative effect on current and prior periods of those changes will be recorded in the period estimates are revised. The ultimate number of shares issued and the related compensation expense recognized will be based on a comparison of the final performance metrics to the specified targets.
      Stock Options and Warrants. We measure the value of stock options and warrants issued or modified, including unvested options assumed in acquisitions, on the grant date (or modification or acquisition dates, if applicable) at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. We amortize the fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the remaining vesting term on a straight-line basis.
     Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive these awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of our original estimates of fair value. In determining the estimated forfeiture rates for stock-based awards, we periodically conduct an assessment of the actual number of equity awards that have been forfeited to date as well as those expected to be forfeited in the future. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including the type of award, the employee class and historical experience. The estimate of stock awards that will ultimately be forfeited requires significant judgment and to the extent that actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period such estimates are revised.
     We have calculated an APIC pool pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The APIC pool represents the excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation that are available to absorb future tax deficiencies. We include only those excess tax benefits that have been realized in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . If the amount of future tax deficiencies is greater than the available APIC pool, we will record the excess as income tax expense in our consolidated statements of income. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded tax deficiencies of $2.9 million and $10.0 million against the APIC pool; as a result, such deficiencies did not affect our results of operations. Excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies are a factor in the calculation of diluted shares used in computing dilutive earnings per share. The adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not have a material impact on our dilutive shares.
     Prior to our adoption of SFAS 123(R), we recorded cash retained as a result of tax benefit deductions relating to stock-based compensation in operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows, along with other tax cash flows, in accordance with the provisions of the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 00-15, Classification in the Statement of Cash Flows of the Income Tax Benefit Received by a Company upon Exercise of a Nonqualified Employee Stock Option (“EITF 00-15”). SFAS 123(R) supersedes EITF 00-15, amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows , and requires that, upon adoption, we present the tax benefit deductions relating to excess stock-based compensation deductions as a financing activity in our consolidated

8


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
statements of cash flows. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we reported $0.8 million of tax benefit deductions as a financing activity that previously would have been reported as an operating activity.
      Marketing Promotions
     We periodically provide incentive offers to our customers to encourage booking of travel products and services. We record these incentive offers in accordance with EITF No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products), and EITF No. 00-22, Accounting for “Points” and Certain Other Time-Based or Volume-Based Sales Incentive Offers, and Offers for Free Products or Services to Be Delivered in the Future. Generally, our incentive offers are as follows:
      Current Discount Offers. These promotions include dollar off discounts to be applied against current purchases. We record the discounts as reduction in revenue at the date we record the corresponding revenue transaction.
      Inducement Offers. These promotions include discounts granted at the time of a current purchase to be applied against a future qualifying purchase. We treat inducement offers as a reduction to revenue based on estimated future redemption rates. We allocate the discount amount between the current purchase and the potential future purchase based on our expected relative value of the transactions. We estimate our redemption rates using our historical experience for similar inducement offers.
      Concession Offers. These promotions include discounts to be applied against a future purchase to maintain customer satisfaction. Upon issuance, we record these concession offers as a reduction to revenue based on estimated future redemption rates. We estimate our redemption rates using our historical experience for concession offers.
      New Accounting Pronouncements
     In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 prescribes guidance related to the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 requires that we recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not to be sustained upon an examination, based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are in the process of determining the impact, if any, of this interpretation on our results from operations, financial position or cash flows.
     In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies when another standard requires or permits assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are in the process of determining the impact, if any, of this statement on our results from operations, financial position or cash flows.
Note 3 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets
     The following table presents our goodwill and intangible assets as of September 30, 2006, and December 31, 2005:

9


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
                 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (in thousands)  
Goodwill
  $ 5,856,663     $ 5,859,730  
Intangible assets with indefinite lives
    866,301       912,972  
Intangible assets with definite lives, net
    184,463       263,531  
 
           
 
  $ 6,907,427     $ 7,036,233  
 
           
     We perform our annual assessment of possible impairment of goodwill and intangible assets as of October 1, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. We are currently in the early stages of the process of performing this annual assessment and have not yet reached any conclusions related thereto.
     Our indefinite lived intangible assets relate principally to trade names and trademarks acquired in various acquisitions. Based on lower than expected year-to-date revenue growth, we determined that our indefinite lived trade name intangible asset related to Hotwire might be impaired as of September 30, 2006. Accordingly, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the three months ended September 30, 2006, we performed a valuation of that asset and determined that its carrying amount exceeded its fair value and recognized an impairment charge of $47.0 million. We based our measurement of fair value of the trade name intangible asset using the relief-from-royalty method. This method assumes that a trade name has value to the extent that its owner is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received therefrom.
Note 4 – Debt
      Short-term Borrowings
     In July 2005, we entered into a $1.0 billion five-year unsecured revolving credit facility with a group of lenders, which was effective as of the Spin-Off, and is unconditionally guaranteed by certain Expedia subsidiaries. The facility bears interest based on our financial leverage, which as of September 30, 2006, was equal to LIBOR plus 0.625%. The facility also contains financial covenants consisting of a leverage ratio and a minimum net worth requirement. As of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.
     The amount of stand-by letters of credit issued under the facility reduces the amount available to us. As of September 30, 2006, and December 31, 2005, there was $51.8 million and $53.2 million of outstanding stand-by letters of credit issued under the facility. As of December 31, 2005, we had $230.0 million outstanding under the facility, which we fully repaid during the quarter ended March 31, 2006. As of September 30, 2006, there was no amount outstanding under the facility.
      Long-term Debt
     In August 2006, we privately placed $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes due 2018 (the “Notes”). We intend to file a registration statement to permit the exchange of the Notes for registered notes having the same financial terms and covenants as the privately placed notes. We plan to use the net proceeds of $495.7 million for general corporate purposes, which may include repurchase of common stock, repayment of debt, acquisitions, investments, additions to working capital, capital expenditures and advances to or investments in our subsidiaries.
     The Notes bear a fixed rate interest of 7.456% with interest payable semi-annually in February and August of each year, beginning in February 2007. The amount of accrued interest related to the Notes was $4.1 million as

10


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
of September 30, 2006. The Notes are repayable in whole or in part on August 15, 2013, at the option of the holder of such Notes, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. We may redeem the Notes in accordance with the terms of the agreement, in whole or in part at any time at our option.
     The Notes are senior unsecured obligations guaranteed by certain domestic Expedia subsidiaries and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations. The Notes include covenants that limit our ability to (i) incur liens, (ii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions and (iii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets. As of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all covenants.
Note 5 – Derivative Instruments
     The fair value of our derivative financial instruments generally represents the estimated amounts we would expect to receive or pay upon termination of the contracts as of the reporting date. Our derivative liabilities balance consists of the following:
                 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (in thousands)  
Ask Jeeves Convertible Subordinated Notes
  $ 21,700     $ 104,800  
Cross-currency swaps and other
    9,145       1,027  
 
           
 
  $ 30,845     $ 105,827  
 
           
     As a result of the Spin-Off, we assumed certain obligations to IAC related to IAC’s Ask Jeeves Convertible Subordinated Notes (“Ask Jeeves Notes”). During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, certain of these notes were converted and we released approximately 3.0 million shares of our common stock from escrow with a fair value of $71.6 million to satisfy the conversion requirements. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded in other income a net unrealized loss of $0.6 million and a net unrealized gain of $11.5 million related to the derivative liability on the outstanding Ask Jeeves Notes.
     During October 2006, additional notes were converted and we released approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock from escrow with a fair value of $14.5 million to satisfy the conversion requirements. As of November 13, 2006, we estimate that we could be required to release from escrow up to 0.8 million shares of our common stock (or pay cash in equal value, in lieu of issuing such shares). The Ask Jeeves Notes are due June 1, 2008; upon maturity of these notes, our obligation to satisfy demands for conversion ceases.
     We enter into cross-currency swaps to hedge against the change in value of certain intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than the lending subsidiaries’ functional currencies. These swaps have been designated as cash flow hedges and are re-measured at fair value each reporting period.
Note 6 – Stock-Based Awards and Other Equity Instruments
     Our 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan provides for grants of restricted stock, restricted stock awards (“RSA”), RSUs, stock options and other stock-based awards to directors, officers, employees and consultants. As of September 30, 2006, we had approximately 7.7 million shares of common stock reserved for new stock-based awards under the 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan. We issue new shares to satisfy the exercise or release of stock-based awards.
     RSUs, which are awards in the form of phantom shares or units that are denominated in a hypothetical equivalent number of shares of our common stock, are our primary form of stock-based award. While we do

11


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
not generally compensate our employees with stock options, when we do make such grants, they are granted at an exercise price not less than the fair market value of the stock on the grant date. The terms and conditions upon which the stock options become exercisable vary.
     We have fully vested stock warrants with expiration dates through February 2012 outstanding, certain of which trade on the NASDAQ under the symbols “EXPEW” and “EXPEZ.” Each stock warrant is exercisable for a certain number of shares of our common stock or a fraction thereof. As of September 30, 2006, and December 31, 2005, we had approximately 58.5 million warrants outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $22.33, which if exercised in full would entitle holders to acquire 34.6 million of our common shares.
     As of September 30, 2006, we had approximately 7.1 million RSUs and a minimal number of RSAs outstanding. The following table presents a summary of these awards from December 31, 2005, through September 30, 2006:
                 
            Weighted
            Average
            Grant-Date
    RSU and RSA   Fair Value
    (in thousands)        
Beginning balance as of December 31, 2005
    5,765     $ 24.08  
Granted
    4,305       18.82  
Vested and released
    (1,266 )     23.88  
Cancelled
    (1,648 )     23.18  
 
               
Ending balance as of September 30, 2006
    7,156       21.13  
 
               
     During 2006, we granted approximately one million performance-based RSUs to certain senior executives. In order for these awards to vest, certain performance targets must be achieved. The fair value of substantially all of these awards at the grant date was $18.9 million with a weighted average fair value of $19.39 per share. We are amortizing the fair value on an accelerated basis over the estimated probable period of time to achieve the target.
     The following table presents a summary of stock option activity from December 31, 2005, through September 30, 2006:
                                 
            Weighted        
            Average   Remaining   Aggregate
            Exercise   Contractual   Intrinsic
    Options   Price   Life   Value
    (in thousands)           (in years)   (in thousands)
Beginning balance
as of December 31, 2005
    27,706     $ 15.71                  
Exercised
    (3,108 )     9.43                  
Cancelled
    (745 )     19.89                  
 
                               
Ending balance as of September 30, 2006
    23,853     $ 16.40       3.6     $ 94,240  
 
                               
 
Exercisable as of September 30, 2006
    19,846     $ 13.36       2.6     $ 94,008  
 
                               
     The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options shown in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value at September 30, 2006, based on our the closing stock price of $15.68 as of the last trading date. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $30.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
     For the three months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $16.4 million and a related income tax benefit of $5.3 million. For the three months ended September 30, 2005, we recorded a stock-based compensation benefit of $1.0 million and a related income tax expense of $1.1 million. During the three months ended September 30, 2005, we recorded a cumulative benefit from a change in

12


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
estimate related to increased forfeiture rates, which resulted in a $35.3 million reduction in non-cash compensation expense ($22.5 million, net of income tax expense), partially offset by a $5.4 million expense related to the modification of existing stock-based compensation awards in connection with the Spin-Off in 2005.
     For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, we recognized stock-based compensation expense of $57.5 million and $79.9 million. The total income tax benefit related to this compensation expense was $19.6 million and $27.2 million for those periods.
     Cash received from stock-based award exercises for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, was $29.4 million. Our employees that held vested stock options prior to the Spin-Off received vested stock options in both Expedia and IAC. As these stock options are exercised, we receive a tax deduction. Total income tax benefits realized during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 associated with the exercise of IAC and Expedia stock-based awards held by our employees were $29.0 million, of which we recorded approximately $13.8 million as a reduction of goodwill.
     As of September 30, 2006, there was approximately $159 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock-based awards, which is expected to be recognized in expense over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.
Note 7 – Income Taxes
     We determine our provision for income taxes for interim periods using an estimate of our annual effective rate. We record any changes to the estimated annual rate in the interim period in which the change occurs, including discrete tax items.
     Our effective tax rate was 38.8% and 36.7% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006. Our effective tax rate is higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes and the valuation allowance on certain foreign losses, partially offset by the disallowance for tax purposes of the mark-to-market net gain related to our derivative instruments.
     Our effective tax rate was 45.8% and 41.4% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, which was higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to a loss from our write-off of a long-term investment as of September 30, 2005 that is not deductible for tax purposes until realized, state taxes, non-deductible stock compensation and non-deductible transaction expenses related to the Spin-Off from IAC.
     For the period January 1, 2005 through the Spin-Off date, we were a member of the IAC consolidated tax group. Under the terms of the Tax Sharing Agreement with IAC, IAC can make certain elections in preparation of tax returns prior to the Spin-Off date, which may change the amount of income taxes we owe for the period after the Spin-Off. During the three months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded $17.5 million of such changes as adjustments to stockholders’ equity.
Note 8 – Earnings Per Share
     The following table presents our basic and diluted earnings per share:

13


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                 
    Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
Net income
  $ 58,977     $ 82,035     $ 177,794     $ 203,496  
 
Net earnings per share available to common stockholders:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.18     $ 0.24     $ 0.52     $ 0.61  
Diluted
    0.17       0.23       0.50       0.59  
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    330,359       336,409       340,660       335,833  
 
Dilutive effect of:
                               
Options to purchase common stock
    6,351       9,022       7,879       3,007  
Warrants to purchase common stock
    2,288       4,872       3,548       4,963  
Other dilutive securities
    2,139       3,048       2,988       1,016  
 
                       
Diluted
    341,137       353,351       355,075       344,819  
 
                       
     For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, we included the dilutive effect of certain warrants for the period prior to the Spin-off since the terms of the stock warrant agreements obligated us, as of the Spin-Off, to issue underlying common stock. We did not have such obligations for options and other dilutive securities.
Note 9 – Stockholders’ Equity
      Share Repurchases
     In May 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the share repurchase of up to 20 million outstanding shares of our common stock. In July 2006, we completed the repurchase of all 20 million shares for a total cost of $288.3 million, at an average price of $14.42 per share including transaction costs. All shares were repurchased in the open market at prevailing market prices.
     In August 2006, our Board of Directors authorized another share repurchase of up to 20 million outstanding shares of our common stock. There is no fixed termination date for the repurchase. As of November 13, 2006, we have not made any share repurchases under this authorization.
Note 10 – Acquisitions
     Put and Call Option Agreements
     In connection with our acquisitions of certain subsidiaries, we had call and put option agreements in place to acquire the remaining shares held by the minority shareholders of two companies. In April 2006, we acquired the remaining 8.6% minority ownership interest in one subsidiary for $3.3 million in cash and recorded a $3.1 million liability that will be paid in cash over the next two years. In June 2006, we incurred an obligation to acquire 3.5% of the remaining 4.9% minority ownership in another subsidiary for $13.0 million, which we settled in cash during the third quarter of 2006. We acquired the remaining 1.4% minority ownership in that subsidiary during the third quarter of 2006 for $5.3 million in cash.

14


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 11 – Commitments and Contingencies
      Purchase Obligations
     At November 13, 2006, we have agreements with certain vendors under which we have future minimum obligations as follows: $3.4 million during the remainder of 2006, $13.9 million in 2007, $6.2 million in 2008 and $6.2 million in 2009. These minimum obligations are less than our projected use for those periods. Payments may be more than the minimum obligations based on actual use. In addition, if certain obligations are met by our counterparties, our obligations will increase.
      Legal Proceedings
     In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to various lawsuits. In the opinion of management, we do not expect these lawsuits to have a material impact on the liquidity, results of operations or financial condition of Expedia. We also evaluate other potential contingent matters, including value-added tax, federal excise tax, transient occupancy or accommodation tax and similar matters. We do not believe that the aggregate amount of liability that could be reasonably possible with respect to these matters would have a material adverse affect on our financial results.
Note 12 – Related Party Transactions
      Expenses Allocated from IAC
     Prior to Spin-Off, our operating expenses included allocations from IAC for accounting, treasury, legal, tax, corporate support, human resource functions and internal audit. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, expenses allocated from IAC were $0.9 million and $5.0 million. We recorded the expense allocation from IAC in general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of income.
     Additional allocations from IAC prior to the Spin-Off related to stock-based compensation expense attributable to our employees. Stock-based compensation expense allocated from IAC was $56.5 million for the period from January 1, 2005 to August 9, 2005.
      Interest Income from IAC
     The interest income from IAC/InterActiveCorp recorded in our consolidated statements of income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, arose from intercompany receivable balances from IAC. The interest income from IAC ceased upon Spin-Off on August 9, 2005.
      Relationship Between IAC and Expedia, Inc. after the Spin-Off
     In connection with the Spin-Off, we entered into various agreements with IAC, a related party due to common ownership, to provide for an orderly transition and to govern our ongoing relationships with IAC. These agreements include the following:
  a Separation Agreement that sets forth the arrangements between IAC and Expedia with respect to the principal corporate transactions necessary to complete the Spin-Off, and a number of other principles governing the relationship between IAC and Expedia following the Spin-Off;
  a Tax Sharing Agreement that governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of IAC and Expedia after the Spin-Off with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, tax contests and other matters regarding income taxes, other taxes and related tax returns;

15


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
  an Employee Matters Agreement that governs a wide range of compensation and benefit issues, including the allocation between IAC and Expedia of responsibility for the employment and benefit obligations and liabilities of each company’s current and former employees (and their dependents and beneficiaries); and
  a Transition Services Agreement that governs the provision of transition services from IAC to Expedia.
     In May 2006, an airplane that we own indirectly with IAC was placed into service and is being depreciated over 10 years.
      Commercial Agreements with IAC
     Since the Spin-Off, we have continued to work with some of IAC’s businesses pursuant to a variety of commercial relationships. These commercial agreements generally include (i) distribution agreements, pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of IAC distribute their respective products and services via arrangements with Expedia, and vice versa, (ii) services agreements, pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of IAC provide Expedia with various services and vice versa and (iii) office space lease agreements. The distribution agreements typically involve the payment of fees, usually on a fixed amount-per-transaction, revenue share or commission basis, from the party seeking distribution of the product or service to the party that is providing the distribution.
     During the three months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded income of $0.6 million from IAC businesses, and recorded expense of $8.6 million to IAC businesses. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded income of $1.9 million from IAC businesses, and recorded expense of $25.6 million to IAC businesses. Amounts receivable from IAC businesses, which are included in accounts and notes receivable, totaled $0.1 million as of September 30, 2006, and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2005. Amounts payable to IAC businesses, which are included in accounts payable, trade, totaled $7.4 million as of September 30, 2006, and $3.6 million as of December 31, 2005.
      Other Transactions with IAC
     On October 2, 2006, eLong sold one of its businesses to a subsidiary of IAC for a sale price of $14.6 million in cash. The net assets and operating results of this subsidiary are not material to our consolidated results from operations, financial position or cash flows.
      Agreements with Microsoft Corporation
     We have various agreements with Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”), which is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, including an agreement that maintains our presence as the provider of travel shopping services on MSN.com and several international MSN websites. Total expense incurred with respect to these agreements was $5.7 million and $17.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $5.3 million and $12.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005. Amounts payable related to these agreements was $5.8 million and $6.2 million as of September 30, 2006, and December 31, 2005.
     Prior to November 1999, Microsoft owned 100% of our outstanding common stock. Concurrent with our separation from them, we entered into a tax allocation agreement whereby we must pay Microsoft for a portion of the tax savings resulting from the exercise of certain stock options when we realize the tax savings on our tax return. We recorded $36.3 million in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005. As of September 30, 2006, we realized $6.0 million of tax savings on our tax return; and therefore, we reclassified $6.0 million to other current liabilities from other long-term liabilities, which we anticipate paying during the fourth quarter of 2006.

16


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 13 – Segment Information
     Beginning with the first quarter of 2006, we have two reportable segments: North America and Europe. The change from a single reportable segment is a result of the reorganization of our business. We determined our segments based on how our chief operating decision makers manage our business, make operating decisions and evaluate operating performance. Our primary operating metric for evaluating segment performance is “Operating Income Before Amortization” (defined below), which includes allocations of certain expenses, primarily cost of revenue and facilities, to the segments. We base the allocations primarily on transaction volumes and other usage metrics; this methodology is periodically evaluated and may change. We do not allocate certain expenses to reportable segments such as partner services, product development, accounting, human resources and legal. We include these expenses in Corporate and Other.
     Our North America segment provides a full range of travel services to customers in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. This segment operates through a variety of brands including Expedia, Hotels.com, Hotwire.com TripAdvisor and Classic Vacations. Our Europe segment provides travel services primarily through localized Expedia websites in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Italy and the Netherlands, as well as localized versions of Hotels.com in various European countries.
     Corporate and Other includes ECT, Expedia Asia Pacific and unallocated corporate functions and expenses. ECT provides travel products and services to corporate customers in North America and Europe. Expedia Asia Pacific provides online travel information and reservation services in Australia and the People’s Republic of China. In addition, we record amortization of intangible assets and any related impairment, as well as stock-based compensation expense in Corporate and Other.
     The following table presents our segment information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006. We have not reported segment information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, as it is not practicable to do so. In addition, we do not currently allocate assets to our operating segments, nor do we report such information to our chief operating decision makers.

17


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                         
    Three months ended September 30,  
    2006     2005  
    North             Corporate and              
    America     Europe     Other     Total     Total  
                    (in thousands)                  
Revenue
  $ 450,294     $ 135,028     $ 28,620     $ 613,942     $ 584,653  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating Income Before Amortization
  $ 209,837     $ 44,130     $ (73,956 )   $ 180,011     $ 183,524  
Amortization of intangible assets
                (26,569 )     (26,569 )     (30,756 )
Impairment of intangible asset
                (47,000 )     (47,000 )      
Stock-based compensation
                (16,439 )     (16,439 )     1,009  
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
    (711 )                 (711 )     (5,138 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
  $ 209,126     $ 44,130     $ (163,964 )   $ 89,292     $ 148,639  
 
                             
                                         
    Nine months ended September 30,  
    2006     2005  
    North             Corporate and              
    America     Europe     Other     Total     Total  
                    (in thousands)                  
Revenue
  $ 1,288,144     $ 334,569     $ 83,585     $ 1,706,298     $ 1,624,706  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating Income Before Amortization
  $ 578,384     $ 93,093     $ (218,703 )   $ 452,774     $ 494,501  
Amortization of intangible assets
                (86,860 )     (86,860 )     (94,204 )
Impairment of intangible asset
                (47,000 )     (47,000 )      
Stock-based compensation
                (57,547 )     (57,547 )     (79,899 )
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
    (9,578 )                 (9,578 )     (9,055 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
  $ 568,806     $ 93,093     $ (410,110 )   $ 251,789     $ 311,343  
 
                             
      Definition of Operating Income Before Amortization (“OIBA”)
     We provide OIBA as a supplemental measure to GAAP. We define OIBA as operating income plus: (1) amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing expense, (2) stock-based compensation expense, (3) amortization of intangible assets and goodwill and intangible asset impairment, if applicable and (4) certain one-time items, if applicable.
     OIBA is the primary operating metric used by which management evaluates the performance of our business, on which internal budgets are based, and by which management is compensated. Management believes that investors should have access to the same set of tools that management uses to analyze our results. This non-GAAP measure should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, but should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP. We endeavor to compensate for the limitation of the non-GAAP measure presented by also providing the comparable GAAP measures, GAAP financial statements, and descriptions of the reconciling items and adjustments, to derive the non-GAAP measure. We present a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to GAAP below.
     OIBA represents the combined operating results of Expedia, Inc.’s businesses, taking into account depreciation, which we believe is an ongoing cost of doing business, but excluding the effects of other non-cash expenses that may not be indicative of our core business operations. We believe this measure is useful to investors for the following reasons:
  it corresponds more closely to the cash operating income generated from our core operations by excluding significant non-cash operating expenses;

18


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
  it aids in forecasting and analyzing future operating income as stock-based compensation, non-cash distribution and marketing expenses and intangible assets amortization, assuming no subsequent acquisitions, are likely to decline going forward; and
 
  it provides greater insight into management decision making at Expedia, as OIBA is our primary internal metric for evaluating the performance of our business.
     OIBA has certain limitations in that it does not take into account the impact of certain expenses to our consolidated statements of income, including stock-based compensation, non-cash payments to partners, acquisition-related accounting and certain one-time items, if applicable. Due to the high variability and difficulty in predicting certain items that affect net income, such as tax rates, stock price and interest rates, we are unable to provide a reconciliation to net income on a forward-looking basis without unreasonable efforts.
      Reconciliation of OIBA to Operating Income and Net Income
     The following table presents a reconciliation of OIBA to operating income and net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005:
                                 
    Three months ended     Nine months ended  
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (in thousands)  
OIBA
  $ 180,011     $ 183,524     $ 452,774     $ 494,501  
Amortization of intangible assets
    (26,569 )     (30,756 )     (86,860 )     (94,204 )
Impairment of intangible asset
    (47,000 )           (47,000 )      
Stock-based compensation
    (16,439 )     1,009       (57,547 )     (79,899 )
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
    (711 )     (5,138 )     (9,578 )     (9,055 )
 
                       
Operating income
    89,292       148,639       251,789       311,343  
 
Interest income, net
    4,840       17,968       13,102       47,479  
Write-off of long-term investment
          (23,426 )           (23,426 )
Other, net
    2,926       7,379       17,049       11,889  
Provision for income taxes
    (37,707 )     (69,026 )     (103,523 )     (143,895 )
Minority interest in (earnings) losses of consolidated subsidiaries, net
    (374 )     501       (623 )     106  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 58,977     $ 82,035     $ 177,794     $ 203,496  
 
                       

19


Table of Contents

Part I. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 2.
Forward-Looking Statements
     This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect the views of our management regarding current expectations and projections about future events and are based on currently available information. Actual results could differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, those discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” as well as those discussed elsewhere in this report. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The use of words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans” and “believes,” among others, generally identify forward-looking statements; however, these words are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. We are not under any obligation and do not intend to publicly update or review any of these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, even if experience or future events make it clear that any expected results expressed or implied by those forward-looking statements will not be realized. Please carefully review and consider the various disclosures made in this report and in our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, prospects and results of operations.
     The information included in this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes included in this Quarterly Report and the audited consolidated financial statements and notes, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Overview
     Expedia, Inc. is an online travel company, empowering business and leisure travelers with the tools and information they need to efficiently research, plan, book and experience travel. We have created a global travel marketplace used by a broad range of leisure and corporate travelers and offline retail travel agents as well as travel service providers. We make available, on a stand-alone and package basis, travel products and services provided by numerous airlines, lodging properties, car rental companies, destination service providers, cruise lines and other travel product and service companies.
     Our portfolio of brands includes: Expedia, Hotels.com, Hotwire.com, our private label programs (Worldwide Travel Exchange and Interactive Affiliate Network), Classic Vacations, Expedia Corporate Travel (“ECT”), eLong and TripAdvisor. In addition, many of these brands have related international points of sale. For additional information about our portfolio of brands, see the disclosure included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
      Industry Trends
     The travel industry, which includes travel agencies and travel suppliers, has been characterized by rapid and significant change.
     The United States (“U.S.”) airline industry has experienced significant turmoil in recent years, with several of the largest airlines seeking the protection of Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. The need to rationalize high

20


Table of Contents

fixed cost structures to better compete with low cost carriers offering “no frills” flights at discounted prices, as well as jet fuel inflation have caused the airlines to aggressively pursue cost reductions in every aspect of their operations. These cost reduction efforts include distribution costs, which the airlines have pursued by increasing direct distribution though their proprietary websites, as well as seeking to reduce travel agent commissions and overrides. The airlines have also generally successfully reduced their fees with the Global Distribution System (“GDS”) intermediaries as their contracts with the GDSs expired in mid to late 2006. These reductions impact travel agents as large agencies have historically received a meaningful portion of their air remuneration from GDS providers.
     In addition, the U.S. airline industry has recently experienced increased load factors and ticket prices. At the same time, the airline carriers which participate in the Expedia marketplace have been reducing their domestic flight capacities; while the lower cost carriers that are largely replacing this capacity generally do not currently participate in the Expedia marketplace. These trends have affected our ability to obtain inventory in our agency and merchant air businesses, reduced discounts for merchant air tickets and limited the supply of merchant air tickets for use in our package travel offerings.
     As a result of these industry dynamics and reduced economics stemming from recently negotiated GDS and airline agreements, Expedia’s air revenue per ticket has declined significantly since the fourth quarter of 2004, and we anticipate it will continue to decline further during the remainder of 2006 and into 2007.
     The hotel sector has recently been characterized by robust traveler demand and constrained supply, resulting in increasing occupancy rates and average daily rates (“ADR”). Industry experts expect demand growth to continue to outstrip supply through at least 2007. While increasing ADRs generally have a positive effect on our merchant hotel operations as our remuneration increases proportionally with the room price, higher ADRs can impact underlying demand, and higher occupancies can restrict our ability to obtain merchant hotel inventory, particularly in very high occupancy destinations such as Las Vegas and New York. Higher occupancies also tend to drive lower margins as hotel room suppliers have less need for third party intermediaries to meet demand.
     Increased usage and familiarity with the internet have driven rapid growth in online penetration of travel expenditures. According to PhoCusWright, an independent travel, tourism and hospitality research firm, 29% of U.S. leisure and unmanaged travel expenditures occurred online in 2005, more than double the 14% rate in 2002. An estimated 14% of European travel was booked online in 2005, up from just 4% in 2002. In addition to the growth of online travel agencies, airlines and lodging companies have aggressively pursued direct online distribution of their products and services over the last several years, with supplier growth outpacing online growth since 2002. Differentiation among the various website offerings have narrowed in the past several years, and the travel landscape has grown extremely competitive, with the need for competitors to generally differentiate their offerings on features other than price.
      Business Strategy
     We are in the early stages of leveraging our historic strength as an efficient transaction processor to become a retailer and merchandiser of travel experiences. Our business strategy to accomplish this is as follows:
      Leverage our portfolio of travel brands. We seek to appeal to the broadest possible range of travelers and suppliers through our collection of industry-leading travel brands. We target several different demographics, from the value-conscious traveler to luxury travelers seeking a high-touch, customized vacation package.
      Innovate on behalf of travelers and supplier partners. We have a long tradition of innovation, from Expedia.com’s inception as a division of Microsoft, to our introduction of more recent innovations such as Expedia ® Fare Alerts, Travel Ticker™ by Hotwire.com™ and ECT’s business intelligence toolset. In addition,

21


Table of Contents

Expedia.com introduced the ThankYou customer rewards program during the fourth quarter of 2006 whereby travelers earn rewards points for their travel bookings. We intend to continue to aggressively innovate on behalf of our travelers and suppliers, including our current efforts in building a scaleable, extensible, service-oriented technology platform, which will extend across our portfolio of brands. We expect our worldwide points of sale to migrate to the new platform beginning in 2007.
      Expand our international and corporate travel businesses. We currently operate Expedia-branded websites in the U.S., Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Denmark, Sweden and Norway. We intend to continue investing in and growing our existing international points of sale. We anticipate launching additional sites in new countries in the future where we find large travel markets and rapid growth of online commerce, such as Japan where we plan to launch a hotels-only site in late 2006. We also operate Hotels.com-branded websites in over 30 international locations. In addition, we operate sites in the People’s Republic of China through eLong. ECT currently conducts operations in the U.S., Belgium, Canada, France, the United Kingdom and Germany. We believe the corporate travel sector represents a large opportunity for Expedia, and we believe expanding our corporate travel business also increases our appeal to travel product and service suppliers, as the average corporate traveler has a higher incidence of first class and international travel than the average leisure traveler.
      Expand our product and service offerings worldwide. In general, through our websites, we offer the most comprehensive array of innovative travel products and services to travelers. We plan to continue improving and growing these offerings, as well as expanding them to our worldwide points of sale over time.
      Leverage our scale in technology and operations. We have invested over $3 billion in technology, operations, brand building, supplier integration and relationships, and other areas since the launch of Expedia.com in 1996. We intend to continue leveraging our substantial investment when launching operations in new countries, introducing site features, adding supplier products and services or adding value-added content for travelers.
      Seasonality
     We generally experience seasonal fluctuations in the demand for our travel products and services. For example, traditional leisure travel bookings are generally the highest in the first three quarters of the year as travelers plan and book their spring, summer and holiday travel. The number of bookings decreases in the fourth quarter. Because revenue in the merchant business is generally recognized when the travel takes place rather than when it is booked, revenue typically lags bookings by a month or longer. As a result, revenue is typically the lowest in the first quarter and highest in the third quarter. The continued growth of our international operations or a change in our product mix may influence the typical trend of our seasonality in the future.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
     Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we believe are important in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements because they require that we use judgment and estimates in applying those policies. We prepare our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Preparation of the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements as well as revenue and expenses during the periods reported. We base our estimates on historical experience, where applicable, and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

22


Table of Contents

     There are certain critical estimates that we believe require significant judgment in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if:
  it requires us to make assumptions because information was not available at the time or it included matters that were highly uncertain at the time we were making the estimate; and
 
  changes in the estimate or different estimates that we could have selected may have had a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
     For additional information about our critical accounting policies and estimates, see the disclosure included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
      Stock-Based Compensation
     Effective January 1, 2006, we began accounting for stock-based compensation under the modified prospective method provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), and related guidance. Under SFAS 123(R), we continue to measure and amortize the fair value for all share-based payments consistent with our past practice under SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure . As a result, the adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not have a material impact on our financial position.
     We have calculated an additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) pool pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The APIC pool represents the excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation that are available to absorb future tax deficiencies. We include only those excess tax benefits that have been realized in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . If the amount of future tax deficiencies is greater than the available APIC pool, we will record the excess as income tax expense in our consolidated statements of income. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded tax deficiencies of $2.9 million and $10.0 million against the APIC pool; as a result, such deficiencies did not affect our results of operations. Excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies are a factor in the calculation of diluted shares used in computing dilutive earnings per share. The adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not have a material impact on our dilutive shares.
     Prior to our adoption of SFAS 123(R), we recorded cash retained as a result of tax benefit deductions relating to stock-based compensation in operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows, along with other tax cash flows, in accordance with the provisions of the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 00-15, Classification in the Statement of Cash Flows of the Income Tax Benefit Received by a Company upon Exercise of a Nonqualified Employee Stock Option (“EITF 00-15”). SFAS 123(R) supersedes EITF 00-15, amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows , and requires that, upon adoption, we present the tax benefit deductions relating to excess stock-based compensation deductions as a financing activity in our consolidated statements of cash flows. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we reported $0.8 million of tax benefit deductions as a financing activity that previously would have been reported as an operating activity.
     In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we measure stock-based compensation expense for equity awards at fair value and recognize compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, over the service period for awards expected to vest. In determining the estimated forfeiture rates, we periodically conduct an assessment of the actual number of equity awards that have been forfeited to date as well as those expected to be forfeited in the future. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including the type of award, the employee class and historical experience. The estimate of stock awards that will ultimately be forfeited requires significant judgment and to the extent that actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period such estimates are revised.

23


Table of Contents

     Performance-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) vest upon achievement of certain company-based performance conditions. On the date of grant, we assess whether it is probable that the performance targets will be achieved, and if assessed as probable, we determine the fair value of the performance-based award based on the fair value of our common stock at that time. We record compensation expense for these awards over the estimated performance period using the accelerated method under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 28, Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans — an interpretation of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 15 and 25 . At each reporting period, we reassess the probability of achieving the performance targets and the performance period required to meet those targets. The estimation of whether the performance targets will be achieved and of the performance period required to achieve the targets requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, the cumulative effect on current and prior periods of those changes will be recognized in the period estimates are revised. The ultimate number of shares issued and the related compensation expense recognized will be based on a comparison of the final performance metrics to the specified targets.
      Marketing Promotions
     We periodically provide incentive offers to our customers to encourage booking of travel products and services. We record these incentive offers in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products), and EITF No. 00-22, Accounting for “Points” and Certain Other Time-Based or Volume-Based Sales Incentive Offers, and Offers for Free Products or Services to Be Delivered in the Future. Generally, our incentive offers are as follows:
      Current Discount Offers. These promotions include dollar off discounts to be applied against current purchases. We record the discounts as reduction in revenue at the date we record the corresponding revenue transaction.
      Inducement Offers. These promotions include discounts granted at the time of a current purchase to be applied against a future qualifying purchase. We treat inducement offers as a reduction to revenue based on estimated future redemption rates. We allocate the discount amount between the current purchase and the potential future purchase based on our expected relative value of the transactions. We estimate our redemption rates using our historical experience for similar inducement offers.
      Concession Offers. These promotions include discounts to be applied against a future purchase to maintain customer satisfaction. Upon issuance, we record these concession offers as a reduction to revenue based on estimated future redemption rates. We estimate our redemption rates using our historical experience for concession offers.
New Accounting Pronouncements
     For a discussion of new accounting pronouncements, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Operating Metrics
     Our operating results are affected by certain metrics that represent the selling activities generated by our travel products and services. As travelers have increased their use of the internet to book their travel arrangements, we have seen our gross bookings increase, reflecting the growth in the online travel industry and our business acquisitions. Gross bookings represent the total retail value of transactions booked for both

24


Table of Contents

agency and merchant transactions, recorded at the time of booking reflecting the total price due for travel by travelers, including taxes, fees and other charges, and are generally not reduced for cancellations and refunds.
      Reclassifications
     For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, we adjusted allocations for certain points of sale to conform to current period presentation. The allocation adjustment impacted domestic and international gross bookings and revenue but did not impact gross bookings or revenue on a consolidated basis. The following table presents a summary of the impact that the adjusted allocations had on the percentage change from 2005 to 2006 for the periods indicated below:
                                 
    Three months ended   Nine months ended
    September 30   September 30
    Pre-   Post-   Pre-   Post-
    Adjustment   Adjustment   Adjustment   Adjustment
Domestic gross bookings
    1 %     2 %     6 %     7 %
International gross bookings
    32 %     29 %     28 %     24 %
 
Domestic revenue
    (5 %)     (3 %)     (3 %)     (1 %)
International revenue
    41 %     30 %     34 %     24 %
      Gross Bookings and Revenue Margin
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
Gross bookings
  $ 4,260,955     $ 3,937,576       8 %   $ 13,473,926     $ 12,156,396       11 %
Revenue margin
    14.4 %     14.8 %             12.7 %     13.4 %        
     Gross bookings increased $0.3 billion and $1.3 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005. Domestic gross bookings increased 2% and 7% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005. International gross bookings increased 29% and 24% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005.
     Revenue margin, which is defined as revenue as a percentage of gross bookings, decreased 44 basis points and 70 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005. Revenue margin for our domestic operations decreased 70 basis points and 95 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005. Revenue margin for our international operations increased 19 basis points and one basis point for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005.
     The declines in worldwide revenue margins were primarily due to declines in domestic air revenue per ticket, coupled with an increase in average worldwide airfares of 11% for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, as our remuneration generally does not vary with the price of the ticket. Worldwide merchant hotel margins decreased compared with the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2005, but the increased mix of merchant hotel revenue offset the impact on overall revenue margin.

25


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2005
      Reclassifications
     For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, we reclassified stock-based compensation expense to the same operating expense line items as cash compensation paid to employees in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107.
      Revenue
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
Revenue
  $ 613,942     $ 584,653       5 %   $ 1,706,298     $ 1,624,706       5 %
     Revenue increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to increases in our worldwide merchant hotel business, partially offset by decreases in our domestic air business. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, domestic revenue decreased by 3% and 1% compared to the same periods in 2005. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, international revenue increased by 30% and 24% compared to the same periods in 2005.
     Worldwide merchant hotel revenue increased 14% and 12% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005. These increases were primarily due to a 9% and 11% increase in room nights stayed, including rooms delivered as a component of vacation packages. For the same periods year-over-year, revenue per room night increased 5% and 1%. The increase in revenue per room night for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, was primarily due to a 7% and 4% increase in worldwide ADRs, partially offset by a decrease in hotel raw margin (defined as hotel net revenue as a percentage of hotel gross revenue). Our merchant hotel raw margins have decreased in 2005 and 2006 as hotel room suppliers have taken advantage of higher occupancies and the efficacy of their own online distribution to negotiate more favorable terms.
     Worldwide air revenue decreased 23% and 14% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to reduced economics stemming from recently negotiated GDS and airline agreements as well as continued reductions in agency compensation by domestic carriers. For the same periods year-over-year, revenue per ticket decreased by 17% and 12% and air tickets sold decreased 6% and 2%. The decrease in air tickets sold reflects the continued challenges in obtaining air inventory in light of record industry load factors and the reduction in relative capacity of carriers participating in our worldwide marketplace. The reduced availability of merchant air inventory also affected our packages revenue, which decreased 2% and grew only 1% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005.

26


Table of Contents

      Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,             Nine months ended September 30,        
    2006     2005     % Change     2006     2005     % Change  
    ($ in thousands)             ($ in thousands)          
Cost of revenue
  $ 133,094     $ 124,020       7 %   $ 380,857     $ 367,607       4 %
% of revenue
    22 %     21 %             22 %     23 %        
 
                                               
Gross profit
  $ 480,848     $ 460,633       4 %   $ 1,325,441     $ 1,257,099       5 %
% of revenue
    78 %     79 %             78 %     77 %        
     Cost of revenue increased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to higher stock-based compensation and higher costs associated with the increase in transaction volumes. Stock-based compensation increased in comparison to the prior year period due to the third quarter of 2005 change in estimated forfeiture rates used to determine stock-based compensation, which resulted in a decrease in stock-based compensation expense. Cost of revenue increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to higher costs associated with the increase in transaction volumes.
     Gross profit increased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to an increase in revenue, partially offset by higher stock-based compensation. Gross profit increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to an increase in revenue.
      Selling and Marketing
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
Selling and marketing
  $ 215,086     $ 184,560       17 %   $ 614,778     $ 556,763       10 %
% of revenue
    35 %     32 %             36 %     34 %        
     Selling and marketing increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to growth in personnel-related expenses and increased marketing at Hotels.com to drive merchant hotel bookings. In addition, we continue to increase our selling and marketing spending in our European points of sale. These increases were partially offset by a decline in marketing spend for our Expedia.com point of sale.
     While we remain focused on optimizing the efficiency of our various selling and marketing channels, we expect the absolute amounts spent in selling and marketing to increase over time due to continued expansion of our international businesses, inflation in search-related and other traffic acquisition vehicles, lower marketing efficiencies, and increased fixed costs associated with the increase in staffing in our market management area. We expect selling and marketing expense to continue to increase as a percentage of revenue for the full year 2006 due to continued expansion of our earlier stage international businesses, inflation in search-related and other traffic acquisition vehicles, lower marketing efficiencies and increased fixed personnel costs versus 2005.

27


Table of Contents

      General and Administrative
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
General and administrative
  $ 66,156     $ 60,686       9 %   $ 210,570     $ 183,736       15 %
% of revenue
    11 %     10 %             12 %     11 %        
     General and administrative expense increased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by lower other compensation expense in 2006.
     General and administrative expense increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to an increase in our use of professional services and costs to build our executive teams and supporting staff levels, largely in connection with being a stand-alone public company as well as increased legal expenses primarily associated with litigation, partially offset by a decrease in stock-based compensation expense. Stock-based compensation expense decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, due to stock options that are completing their vesting cycles and higher forfeiture rates in 2006. We expect general and administrative expense to increase as a percentage of revenue for full year 2006 versus 2005 due to incremental costs as a stand-alone public company and increased legal expenses.
      Technology and Content
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
Technology and content
  $ 36,034     $ 30,854       17 %   $ 104,866     $ 101,998       3 %
% of revenue
    6 %     5 %             6 %     6 %        
     Technology and content increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005 primarily due to growth in personnel-related expenses in our software development and engineering teams as we increase our level of website innovation. For the three months ended September 30, 2006, higher stock-based compensation expense also contributed to the increase. However, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, this increase was partially offset by lower year-to-date stock-based compensation expense.
     Given the increasing complexity of our business and our investments in geographic expansion, an enterprise data warehouse, call center technology, site merchandising, content, corporate travel, supplier integration, service-oriented architecture and other initiatives, we expect absolute amounts spent on technology and content expenses to increase as a percentage of revenue for full year 2006 and 2007.
      Amortization of Intangible Assets
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
Amortization of intangible assets
  $ 26,569     $ 30,756       (14 %)   $ 86,860     $ 94,204       (8 %)
% of revenue
    4 %     5 %             5 %     6 %        
     Amortization of intangibles expense decreased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, as some of our intangible assets were fully amortized.

28


Table of Contents

      Impairment of Intangible Asset
     Based on lower than expected year-to-date revenue growth, we determined that our indefinite lived trade name intangible asset related to Hotwire might be impaired as of September 30, 2006. Accordingly, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the three months ended September 30, 2006, we performed a valuation of that asset and determined that its carrying amount exceeded its fair value and recognized an impairment charge of $47.0 million.
      Amortization of Non-Cash Distribution and Marketing
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
  $ 711     $ 5,138       (86 %)   $ 9,578     $ 9,055       6 %
% of revenue
    0 %     1 %             1 %     1 %        
     The amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing decreased in the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in prior year, due to the substantial utilization of all media time we received from IAC in conjunction with the Spin-Off, with an original value of $17.1 million.
      Operating Income
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
Operating income
  $ 89,292     $ 148,639       (40 %)   $ 251,789     $ 311,343       (19 %)
% of revenue
    15 %     25 %             15 %     19 %        
     Operating income decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to the impairment charge of $47.0 million, higher selling and marketing expenses and higher stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by an increase in gross profit and lower amortization of intangible assets. Stock-based compensation was lower in the third quarter of 2005 due to a $35.3 million benefit related to a change in estimated forfeiture rates used to determine stock-based compensation, offset by a $5.4 million expense related to the modification of existing stock-based compensation awards in connection with the Spin-Off in 2005.
     Operating income decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to the impairment charge of $47.0 million and higher selling and marketing and general and administrative expenses. These increases were partially offset by an increase in gross profit and lower stock-based compensation expense resulting from stock options that are completing their vesting cycles and higher forfeiture rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
      Operating Income Before Amortization (“OIBA”)
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,           Nine months ended September 30,    
    2006   2005   % Change   2006   2005   % Change
    ($ in thousands)           ($ in thousands)        
OIBA
  $ 180,011     $ 183,524       (2 %)   $ 452,774     $ 494,501       (8 %)
% of revenue
    29 %     31 %             27 %     30 %        
     OIBA decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to higher operating expenses, particularly selling and marketing expense, partially offset by higher gross profit. OIBA decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in

29


Table of Contents

2005, primarily due to higher operating expenses, partially offset by higher gross profit. We expect OIBA for the full year to decrease relative to 2005.
      Definition of OIBA
     We provide OIBA as a supplemental measure to GAAP. We define OIBA as operating income plus: (1) amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing expense, (2) stock-based compensation expense, (3) amortization of intangible assets and goodwill and intangible asset impairment, if applicable and (4) certain one-time items, if applicable.
     OIBA is the primary operating metric used by which management evaluates the performance of our business, on which internal budgets are based, and by which management is compensated. Management believes that investors should have access to the same set of tools that management uses to analyze our results. This non-GAAP measure should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, but should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP. We endeavor to compensate for the limitation of the non-GAAP measure presented by also providing the comparable GAAP measures, GAAP financial statements, and descriptions of the reconciling items and adjustments, to derive the non-GAAP measure. We present a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to GAAP below.
     OIBA represents the combined operating results of Expedia, Inc.’s businesses, taking into account depreciation, which we believe is an ongoing cost of doing business, but excluding the effects of other non-cash expenses that may not be indicative of our core business operations. We believe this measure is useful to investors for the following reasons:
  it corresponds more closely to the cash operating income generated from our core operations by excluding significant non-cash operating expenses;
 
  it aids in forecasting and analyzing future operating income as stock-based compensation, non-cash distribution and marketing expenses and intangible assets amortization, assuming no subsequent acquisitions, are likely to decline going forward; and
 
  it provides greater insight into management decision making at Expedia, as OIBA is our primary internal metric for evaluating the performance of our business.
     OIBA has certain limitations in that it does not take into account the impact of certain expenses to our consolidated statements of income, including stock-based compensation, non-cash payments to partners, acquisition-related accounting and certain one-time items, if applicable. Due to the high variability and difficulty in predicting certain items that affect net income, such as tax rates, stock price and interest rates, we are unable to provide a reconciliation to net income on a forward-looking basis without unreasonable efforts.
      Reconciliation of OIBA to Operating Income and Net Income
     The following table presents a reconciliation of OIBA to operating income and net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005:

30


Table of Contents

                                 
    Three months ended     Nine months ended  
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
            (in thousands)          
OIBA
  $ 180,011     $ 183,524     $ 452,774     $ 494,501  
Amortization of intangible assets
    (26,569 )     (30,756 )     (86,860 )     (94,204 )
Impairment of intangible asset
    (47,000 )           (47,000 )      
Stock-based compensation
    (16,439 )     1,009       (57,547 )     (79,899 )
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
    (711 )     (5,138 )     (9,578 )     (9,055 )
 
                       
Operating income
    89,292       148,639       251,789       311,343  
Interest income, net
    4,840       17,968       13,102       47,479  
Write-off of long-term investment
          (23,426 )           (23,426 )
Other, net
    2,926       7,379       17,049       11,889  
Provision for income taxes
    (37,707 )     (69,026 )     (103,523 )     (143,895 )
Minority interest in (earnings) losses of consolidated subsidiaries, net
    (374 )     501       (623 )     106  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 58,977     $ 82,035     $ 177,794     $ 203,496  
 
                       
      Interest Income
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,             Nine months ended September 30,        
    2006     2005     % Change     2006     2005     % Change  
    ($ in thousands)             ($ in thousands)          
Interest income from IAC/InterActiveCorp
  $     $ 15,316       (100 %)   $     $ 40,089       (100 %)
% of revenue
    0 %     3 %             0 %     2 %        
 
                                               
Other interest income
  $ 9,697     $ 2,962       227 %   $ 20,332     $ 7,774       162 %
% of revenue
    2 %     1 %             1 %     0 %        
     Prior to the Spin-Off, the intercompany receivable balances were subject to a cash management arrangement with IAC. Since we extinguished our intercompany receivable balances with IAC at Spin-Off with a non-cash distribution to IAC, we no longer receive interest income from IAC.
     Other interest income increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to higher cash balances, which resulted from operating cash flow and the $500.0 million senior unsecured notes (the “Notes”), which we issued in August 2006.
      Interest Expense
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,             Nine months ended September 30,        
    2006     2005     % Change     2006     2005     % Change  
    ($ in thousands)             ($ in thousands)          
Interest expense
  $ (4,857 )   $ (310 )     1,467 %   $ (7,230 )   $ (384 )     1,783 %
% of revenue
    (1 %)     (0 %)             (0 %)     (0 %)        
     Interest expense increased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, due to interest expense related to the Notes. Interest expense increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, due to interest expense related to the Notes as well as interest expense related to short-term borrowings on our revolving credit facility, which was fully repaid in March 2006. We expect interest expense to continue to increase for the full year of 2006 as a result of the Notes. The interest expense will be partially offset by interest income earned on the unutilized portion of the debt offering proceeds.

31


Table of Contents

      Other, Net
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,             Nine months ended September 30,        
    2006     2005     % Change     2006     2005     % Change  
    ($ in thousands)             ($ in thousands)          
Other, net
  $ 2,926     $ 7,379       (60 %)   $ 17,049     $ 11,889       43 %
% of revenue
    0 %     1 %             1 %     1 %        
     Other, net decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005. This decrease was primarily due to third quarter of 2005 net unrealized gains of $12.0 million in the fair value of derivative instruments related to the Ask Jeeves Notes and certain stock warrants, partially offset by losses in the third quarter of 2005 from the fluctuation of foreign exchange rates while in third quarter of 2006 we had minimal gains. Other, net increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to gains in 2006 from the fluctuation of foreign exchange rates and an increase in equity earnings from unconsolidated affiliates.
     Provision for Income Taxes
                                                 
    Three months ended September 30,             Nine months ended September 30,        
    2006     2005     % Change     2006     2005     % Change  
    ($ in thousands)             ($ in thousands)                  
Provision for income taxes
  $ 37,707     $ 69,026       (45 %)   $ 103,523     $ 143,895       (28 %)
% of revenue
    6 %     12 %             6 %     9 %        
     We determine our provision for income taxes for interim periods using an estimate of our annual effective rate. We record any changes to the estimated annual rate in the interim period in which the change occurs, including discrete tax items.
     Our effective tax rate was 38.8% and 36.7% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, which is higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes and the valuation allowance on certain foreign losses, partially offset by the disallowance for tax purposes of the mark-to-market net gain related to our derivative instruments.
     Our effective tax rate was 45.8% and 41.4% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, which was higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to a loss from our write-off of a long-term investment as of September 30, 2005 that is not deductible for tax purposes until realized, state taxes, non-deductible stock compensation and non-deductible transaction expenses related to the Spin-Off from IAC.
     During the three months ended September 30, 2006, we utilized substantially all of our net operating losses and expect to be a full cash taxpayer going forward.
      Segment Operating Results
     Beginning with the first quarter of 2006, we have two reportable segments; North America and Europe. The change from a single reportable segment is a result of the reorganization of our business. We determined our segments based on how our chief operating decision makers manage our business, make operating decisions and evaluate operating performance. Our primary operating metric for evaluating segment performance is OIBA (defined above). For additional information about our segment results, see Note 13, Segment Information.

32


Table of Contents

Financial Position, Liquidity and Capital Resources
     Sources and Uses of Cash
     At September 30, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of $945.7 million compared to $297.4 million at December 31, 2005.
     In August 2006, we privately placed $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes due 2018. We intend to file a registration statement to permit the exchange of the Notes for registered notes having the same financial terms and covenants as the privately placed notes. The Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 7.456% with interest payable semi-annually in February and August of each year, beginning in February 2007. The Notes will be repayable in whole or in part on August 15, 2013, at the option of the holder of such Notes, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. We may redeem the Notes in accordance with the terms of the agreement in whole or in part at any time at our option. In August 2006, Moody’s Investor Services and Standard and Poor’s Rating Services assigned a Baa3 and a BBB- rating, respectively, to our Notes. We plan to use the net proceeds of $495.7 million for general corporate purposes, which may include repurchase of common stock, repayment of debt, acquisitions, investments, additions to working capital, capital expenditures and advances to or investments in our subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all related covenants.
     In July 2005, we entered into a $1.0 billion revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2005, we had $230.0 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility, which we fully repaid during the quarter ended March 31, 2006. As of September 30, 2006, we had outstanding stand-by letters of credit of $51.8 million, which leaves us with $948.2 million available to use under the revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all related financial covenants.
     In May 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 20 million outstanding shares of our common stock. In July 2006, we completed the repurchase of all 20 million shares for a total cost of $288.3 million, at an average price of $14.42 per share including transaction costs. All shares were repurchased in the open market at prevailing market prices.
     In August 2006, our Board of Directors authorized another share repurchase of up to 20 million outstanding shares of our common stock. There is no fixed termination date for the repurchase. As of our filing date, we have not made any share repurchases under this authorization.
     In the merchant business, we receive cash from travelers at the time of booking and we record these amounts on our consolidated balance sheets as deferred merchant bookings. We pay our suppliers related to these bookings approximately one week after completing the booking for air travel and, for all other merchant bookings, after the travelers’ use and the subsequent billing from the supplier. Therefore, especially for the hotel business, which represents most of our merchant bookings, there is generally some time from the receipt of the cash from the traveler to the payment to the suppliers.
     As long as the merchant hotel business continues to grow and our business model does not change, we expect that the change in working capital will continue to be positive. If this business declines or if the model changes, our working capital could be negatively affected. As of September 30, 2006, and December 31, 2005, we had a working capital deficit of $331.2 million and $848.0 million. These deficits primarily resulted from $2.5 billion of net intercompany receivable balances we extinguished through a non-cash distribution to IAC upon our Spin-Off on August 9, 2005.
     Seasonal fluctuations in our merchant bookings affect our cash flows. During the first half of the year, hotel bookings have traditionally exceeded payment for stays, resulting in much higher cash flow related to working capital. During the second half of the year, this pattern typically reverses. While we expect the impact of

33


Table of Contents

seasonal fluctuations to continue, changes in the rate of growth or terms related to merchant bookings may affect working capital, which might counteract or intensify the anticipated seasonal fluctuations.
     We anticipate continued investment in the development and expansion of our operations. These investments include but are not limited to improvements to infrastructure, which include our enterprise data warehouse investment and continued efforts in building a scaleable, extensible, service-oriented technology platform that will extend across our portfolio of brands. We expect our worldwide points of sale to migrate to the new platform beginning in 2007. Our future capital requirements may include capital needs for acquisitions, legal risks or expenditures in support of our business strategy. In the event we make acquisitions, this may reduce our cash balance and increase our debt. Legal risks and challenges to our business strategy may also negatively affect our cash balance.
     In our opinion, available cash, funds from operations and available borrowings will provide sufficient capital resources to meet our foreseeable liquidity needs.
      Cash Flows
     For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $196.8 million, to $746.8 million. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in cash flows from operating income as well as a change in operating assets and liabilities mostly related to the timing of merchant hotel payment processing in the prior year period. In addition, we made tax payments of $64.0 million, an increase of $58.8 million over the same period in 2005, reducing cash provided by operations due primarily to IAC’s payment of taxes related to Expedia prior to our becoming an independent public company after which time we became responsible for our tax obligations.
     For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, cash used in investing activities decreased by $688.1 million primarily due to the absence of transfers to IAC of $753.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2006, changes in the amount of cash acquired in acquisitions and a $26.7 million increase in capital expenditures in the current period primarily due to capitalized software costs incurred for the development of our enterprise data warehouse and other improvements to our technology infrastructure.
     Cash used in financing activities decreased during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 due to $295.1 million of treasury stock activity primarily related to our share repurchases and the $230.0 million repayment of our revolving credit facility, partially offset by the net proceeds of $495.7 million from the Notes issuance.
      Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
     For a discussion of our purchase obligations, see Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. For a discussion of our debt obligations, see Note 4, Debt, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. There have been no other material changes outside the ordinary course of business to our contractual obligations and commercial commitments since December 31, 2005. Other than our contractual obligations and commercial commitments, including derivatives, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of September 30, 2006, or December 31, 2005.

34


Table of Contents

Part I. Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market Risk Management
     Market risk is the potential loss from adverse changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and market prices. Our exposure to market risk includes our revolving credit facility, derivative instruments and merchant accounts payable and deferred merchant bookings denominated in foreign currencies. We manage our exposure to these risks through established policies and procedures. Our objective is to mitigate potential income statement, cash flow and market exposures from changes in interest and foreign exchange rates.
      Interest Rate Risk
     In August 2006, we issued $500.0 million Notes with a fixed rate of 7.456%. As a result, if market rates decline, we run the risk that the related required payments on our fixed rate debt will exceed those based on market rates. The fair value of our Notes was approximately $535 million as of September 30, 2006 based on the quoted market price at quarter end. A 50 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would decrease or increase the fair value of our Notes by approximately $20 million.
     In July 2005, we entered into a $1.0 billion revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility bears interest based on our financial leverage and as of September 30, 2006, was equal to LIBOR plus 0.625%. As a result, we may be susceptible to fluctuations in interest rates if we do not hedge the interest rate exposure arising from any borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
     We did not experience any significant impact from changes in interest rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 or 2005.
      Foreign Exchange Risk
     We conduct business in certain international markets, primarily Australia, Canada, the European Union and the People’s Republic of China. Because we operate in international markets, we have exposure to different economic climates, political arenas, tax systems and regulations that could affect foreign exchange rates. Our primary exposure to foreign currency risk relates to transacting in foreign currency and recording the activity in U.S. dollars. We minimize this exposure by maintaining natural hedges between our current assets and current liabilities denominated in foreign currency. Changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies result in transaction gains or losses, which we recognize in our consolidated statements of income.
     As we increase our operations in international markets, our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates increases. The economic impact to us of foreign currency exchange rate movements is linked to variability in real growth, inflation, interest rates, governmental actions and other factors. These changes, if material, could cause us to adjust our financing and operating strategies.
     As foreign currency exchange rates fluctuate, translation of the income statements of our international businesses into U.S. dollars affects year-over-year comparability of operating results. Historically, we have not hedged foreign exchange risks because we generally reinvested cash flows from international operations locally. We periodically review our strategy for hedging foreign exchange risks. Our goal in managing our foreign exchange risk is to minimize our potential exposure to the changes that exchange rates might have on our earnings, cash flows and financial position.
     We use cross-currency swaps to hedge against the change in value of a receivable denominated in a currency other than the subsidiary’s functional currency.
      Equity Price Risk
     We do not maintain any investments in equity securities as part of our marketable securities investment strategy. Our equity price risk relates to fluctuation in our stock price, which affects our derivative liabilities

35


Table of Contents

primarily related to the Ask Jeeves Notes. We base the fair value of these derivative instruments on the changes in the market price of our common stock.
     During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, certain of these notes were converted at fair value for $71.6 million of common stock, or 3.0 million shares. During October 2006, additional notes were converted and we released approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock from escrow with a fair value of $14.5 million to satisfy the conversion requirements. As additional notes are converted, the value of the derivative liability will be reduced and our equity price risk will decrease accordingly. The conversion of the Ask Jeeves Notes during 2006, reduced our obligation to issue our common stock from 4.3 million shares as of December 31, 2005, to 0.8 million shares as of the date of this filing.
     As of the date of this filing, each $1.00 fluctuation in our common stock will result in approximately $0.8 million change in the aggregate fair value of our Ask Jeeves Notes derivative liability. An increase in our common stock price will result in a charge to our consolidated statements of income and vice versa for a decrease in our common stock price. The Ask Jeeves Notes are due June 1, 2008; upon maturity of these notes, our obligation to satisfy demands for conversion ceases.
     For additional information about the Ask Jeeves Notes, see Note 5, Derivative Instruments, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

36


Table of Contents

Part I. Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
     The Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
     As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), our management, including our Chairman and Senior Executive, Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined by Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act).
     Based upon that evaluation, our Chairman and Senior Executive, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in providing reasonable assurance that the information we are required to disclose in our filings with the SEC under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in internal control over financial reporting.
     We have been evaluating, designing and enhancing controls related to processes that previously were handled by IAC, including equity transactions, income taxes, derivatives, treasury functions and periodic reporting in accordance with SEC rules and regulations. We also have been evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting and discussing these matters with our independent accountants and our audit committee.
     Based on these evaluations and discussions, we consider what revisions, improvements or corrections are necessary in order for us to conclude that our internal controls are effective. As part of this process, we identified a number of areas where there was a need for improvement in our internal controls over financial reporting. We have completed the remediation of certain of these areas and are continuing to improve additional areas, including system access.
     Besides the internal control improvements as discussed above, there were no other changes to our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. We expect to continue monitoring and evaluating our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting on an ongoing basis in an effort to improve their overall effectiveness. In the course of this evaluation, we anticipate we will continue to modify and refine our internal processes as we prepare for our first management report on internal control over financial reporting.

37


Table of Contents

Part II. Item 1. Legal Proceedings
     In the ordinary course of business, Expedia and its subsidiaries are parties to legal proceedings and claims involving property, personal injury, contract, alleged infringement of third party intellectual property rights and other claims. A discussion of certain legal proceedings can be found in the section titled “Legal Proceedings,” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and June 30, 2006. The following developments regarding such legal proceedings occurred during the quarter ended September 30, 2006:
      Shareholder Derivative Suit (In re Hotels.com Derivative Litigation, No. 3:03-CV-501-K). On July 18, 2006, the plaintiff agreed to dismiss his lawsuit in exchange for an agreement that each side would bear its own costs. On October 24, 2006, the Court granted an order approving the plaintiff’s request to dismiss the lawsuit.
     The following additional cases were filed during the quarter ended September 30, 2006:
      City of Orange, Texas Litigation. On July 18, 2006, the City of Orange, Texas filed a putative statewide class action in federal court against a number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia. City of Orange, Texas, et al. v. Hotels.com, L.P., et al., 1:06-CV-0413-RHC-KFG (United States District Court, Eastern District of Texas, Beaumont Division). The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay to municipalities hotel accommodations taxes as required by municipal ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims for violation of those ordinances, conversion, civil conspiracy, and declaratory judgment. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. To our knowledge, defendants Expedia, Hotels.com and Hotwire have not been served with a summons or complaint and, thus, there is currently no deadline to respond to the lawsuit.
      City of Jacksonville, Florida Litigation . On July 28, 2006, the City of Jacksonville, Florida filed a putative statewide class action in state court against a number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia. City of Jacksonville, Florida, et al. v. Hotels.com, LP, et al . (Circuit Court, Fourth Judicial Circuit, In and For Duval County, Florida). The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay to municipalities hotel accommodations taxes as required by municipal ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims for violation of those ordinances, conversion, unjust enrichment, imposition of a constructive trust, and declaratory judgment. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. On August 17, 2006, Expedia was served with a summons and complaint. To our knowledge, defendants Hotels.com and Hotwire have not been served with a summons or complaint.
      Leon County, Florida Litigation . On July 27, 2006, Leon County, Florida filed a putative statewide class action in federal court against a number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia . Leon County, et al. v. Hotels.com, et al . (United States District Court, Southern District of Florida). The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay to the municipalities hotel accommodation taxes as required by municipal ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims for violation of those ordinances. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. On August 4, 2006, Defendants Hotels.com and Hotwire were served with a summons and complaint. To our knowledge, defendant Expedia has not been served with a summons or complaint.
      Cities of Columbus and Dayton, Ohio Litigation. On August 8, 2006, the City of Columbus, Ohio and the City of Dayton, Ohio, filed a putative statewide class action in federal court against a number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia. City of Columbus, et al. v. Hotels.com, L.P., et al . (United States District Court, Southern District of Ohio). The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay to counties and cities in Ohio hotel accommodation taxes as required by local ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims for violation of those ordinances, unjust enrichment, violation of the doctrine of money had and received, conversion, declaratory judgment, and seeks imposition of a constructive trust. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. To our knowledge, defendants Hotels.com, Hotwire, and Expedia have not been served with a summons or complaint.

38


Table of Contents

      Miami-Dade County, Florida Litigation. On September 21, 2006, Miami-Dade County, filed a lawsuit in state court against a number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire, and Expedia. Miami-Dade County v. Internetwork Publishing Corp., et al . (Circuit Court of the 11th Judicial Circuit in and for Miami-Dade County, Florida). The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay the county hotel accommodation taxes as required by local ordinance. The complaint purports to assert claims for violation of that ordinance, violations of Florida’s deceptive and unfair trade practices act, breach of fiduciary and agency duty, unjust enrichment, equitable accounting, injunctive relief, and declaratory judgment. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants Expedia and Hotels.com, L.P. were served with a summons and complaint on September 27, 2006 and October 2, 2006, respectively. To our knowledge, Hotels.com GP, LLC and Hotwire, Inc. have not been served with a summons or complaint.
      Louisville/Jefferson County Metro Government, Kentucky Litigation. On September 21, 2006, the Louisville/Jefferson County Metro Government filed a putative statewide class action in federal court against a number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire, and Expedia. Louisville/Jefferson County Metro Government v. Hotels.com, L.P., et al . (United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky, Louisville Division). The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay the counties and cities in Kentucky hotel accommodation taxes as required by local ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims fro violation of those ordinances, unjust enrichment, money had and received, conversion, imposition of a constructive trust, and declaratory judgment. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. To our knowledge, defendants Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia have not been served with a summons or complaint.
     The Company believes that the claims discussed above lack merit and will continue to defend vigorously against them.

39


Table of Contents

Part II. Item 1A. Risk Factors
     In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the following new risk factor along with the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The following risk and the risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.
      Over the last several years, travel suppliers have generally reduced or eliminated commissions and payments to travel agents and other travel intermediaries; these reductions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
     A portion of our revenue is derived from compensation paid by travel suppliers and global distribution system (“GDS”) partners for bookings made through our websites. We generally negotiate these commissions and fees with our travel suppliers and GDS partners. Over the last several years, travel suppliers have generally reduced or eliminated commissions and payments to travel agents and other travel intermediaries. In particular, in 2006, GDS partners faced the renegotiation of long-term contracts with airlines on terms that generally resulted in decreased compensation to them. We also renegotiated several long-term contracts with airlines and GDSs with reduced economic benefits. We are currently negotiating or expect to renegotiate several other long-term contracts that expire in 2006 or 2007. No assurances can be given that GDS partners or travel suppliers will not further reduce current industry compensation or our compensation, either of which could reduce our agency revenue and margins thereby adversely affecting our business, results of operations and financial condition.

40


Table of Contents

Part II. Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
Share Repurchase
     In May 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 20 million outstanding shares of our common stock. In July 2006, we completed the repurchase of all 20 million shares for a total cost of $288.3 million, representing an average repurchase price of $14.42 per share including transaction costs.
     In August 2006, our Board of Directors authorized another share repurchase of up to 20 million outstanding shares of our common stock. There is no fixed termination date for the repurchase.
     A summary of the repurchase activity during the third quarter of 2006 is as follows:
                                 
                    Total Number of     Maximum Number  
                    Shares Purchased     of Shares that May  
                    as Part of Publicly     Yet Be Purchased  
    Total Number of     Average Price     Announced Plans or     Under the Plans or  
Period   Shares Purchased     Paid Per Share     Programs     Programs  
July 1-31, 2006
    9,509,463     $ 14.14       9,509,463        
August 1-31, 2006
                      20,000,000  
September 1-30, 2006
                      20,000,000  
 
                           
Total
    9,509,463             9,509,463          
 
                           

41


Table of Contents

Patt II. Item 6. Exhibits
     The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
4.1
  Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2006, by and among Expedia, Inc., certain Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
 
   
4.2
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2006, by and among Expedia, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors listed on Schedule 1 thereto, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers
 
   
10.19
  Employment Agreement between Michael B. Adler and Expedia, Inc., effective as of May 16, 2006
 
   
10.20
  Expedia Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between Michael B. Adler and Expedia, Inc., effective as of May 16, 2006
 
   
10.21
  Employment Agreement between Burke F. Norton and Expedia, Inc., dated as of October 25, 2006
 
   
10.22
  Expedia Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (First Agreement) between Burke F. Norton and Expedia, Inc., dated as of October 25, 2006
 
   
10.23
  Expedia Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Second Agreement) between Burke F. Norton and Expedia, Inc., dated as of October 25, 2006
 
   
10.24
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (domestic employees)
 
   
31.1
  Certification of the Chairman and Senior Executive pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
 
   
31.2
  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
 
   
31.3
  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
 
   
32.1
  Certification of the Chairman and Senior Executive pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
 
   
32.2
  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
 
   
32.3
  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

42


Table of Contents

Signature
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
         
    Expedia, Inc.
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ MICHAEL B. ADLER
 
       
 
      Michael B. Adler
 
      Chief Financial Officer
 
 
November 13, 2006
       

43

 

Exhibit 4.1
Execution Copy
 
EXPEDIA, INC.,
as Issuer
the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties hereto,
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee
7.456% Senior Notes due 2018
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of August 21, 2006
 
 


 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through
318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:
             
Trust Indenture Act       Indenture
Section       Section
310
  (a)(1)       7.9; 7.10
 
  (a)(2)       7.10
 
  (a)(3)       N.A.
 
  (a)(4)       N.A.
 
  (b)       7.8; 7.10
 
  (c)       N.A.
311
  (a)       7.11
 
  (b)       7.11
 
  (c)       N.A.
312
  (a)       2.5
 
  (b)       11.3
 
  (c)       11.3
313
  (a)       7.6
 
  (b)(1)       N.A.
 
  (b)(2)       7.6
 
  (c)       7.6
 
  (d)       7.6
314
  (a)       4.4; 4.7; 10.2
 
  (b)       N.A.
 
  (c)(1)       11.4
 
  (c)(2)       11.4
 
  (c)(3)       N.A.
 
  (d)       N.A.
 
  (e)       11.5
 
  (f)       4.4
315
  (a)       7.1
 
  (b)       7.5
 
  (c)       7.1
 
  (d)       7.1
 
  (e)       6.11
316
  (a)(last sentence)       11.6
 
  (a)(1)(A)       6.5
 
  (a)(1)(B)       6.4
 
  (a)(2)       N.A.
 
  (b)       6.7
317
  (a)(1)       6.8
 
  (a)(2)       6.9
 
  (b)       2.4
318
  (a)       11.1
 
      N.A. means Not Applicable.    
 
   
 
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
         
ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
    1  
 
       
SECTION 1.1. Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions
    7  
SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    8  
SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE II The Notes
    9  
 
       
SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating
    9  
SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication
    14  
SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent
    15  
SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
    15  
SECTION 2.5. Noteholder Lists
    16  
SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange
    16  
SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A
    20  
SECTION 2.8. Business Days
    20  
SECTION 2.9. Replacement Notes
    20  
SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes
    20  
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes
    21  
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation
    21  
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest
    21  
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, etc
    21  
SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes
    22  
SECTION 2.16. One Class of Notes
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE III Redemption; Repayment at Option of Holders
    22  
 
       
SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee
    22  
SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
    23  
SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption
    23  
SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption
    24  
SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price
    24  
SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part
    24  
SECTION 3.7. Optional Redemption
    24  
SECTION 3.8. Applicability of Article
    25  
SECTION 3.9. Repayment of Notes
    25  
SECTION 3.10. Exercise of Option
    25  
SECTION 3.11. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable
    25  
SECTION 3.12. Securities Repaid in Part
    26  

-i- 


 

Page    
         
ARTICLE IV Covenants
    26  
 
       
SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes
    26  
SECTION 4.2. Limitations on Liens
    26  
SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
    28  
SECTION 4.4. Compliance Certificate
    28  
SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency
    28  
SECTION 4.6. Existence
    29  
SECTION 4.7. SEC Reports
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE V Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
    29  
 
       
SECTION 5.1. When the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or Transfer Assets
    29  
SECTION 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE VI Defaults and Remedies
    30  
 
       
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default
    30  
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration
    32  
SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies
    32  
SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults
    32  
SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority
    33  
SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits
    33  
SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
    33  
SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee
    33  
SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    33  
SECTION 6.10. Priorities
    34  
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
    34  
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
    34  
 
       
ARTICLE VII Trustee
    35  
 
       
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee
    35  
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee
    36  
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee
    37  
SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer
    37  
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults
    37  
SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders
    37  
SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity
    38  
SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee
    39  
SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger
    39  
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
    40  
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
    40  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
    40  
 
       
SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
    40  
SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance
    41  

-ii- 


 

Page    
         
SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money
    42  
SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company
    42  
SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations
    42  
SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement
    43  
 
       
ARTICLE IX Amendments
    43  
 
       
SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders
    43  
SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders
    44  
SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    45  
SECTION 9.4. Effect of Consents and Waivers
    45  
SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    45  
SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments
    45  
 
       
ARTICLE X Guarantees
    46  
 
       
SECTION 10.1. Guarantees
    46  
SECTION 10.2. No Subrogation
    47  
SECTION 10.3. Consideration
    48  
SECTION 10.4. Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability
    48  
SECTION 10.5. Execution and Delivery
    48  
SECTION 10.6. Release of Subsidiary Guarantors
    48  
SECTION 10.7. Future Subsidiary Guarantors
    49  
 
       
ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous
    49  
 
       
SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls
    49  
SECTION 11.2. Notices
    49  
SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders
    50  
SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    50  
SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    50  
SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded
    51  
SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
    51  
SECTION 11.8. Governing Law
    51  
SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others
    51  
SECTION 11.10. Successors
    51  
SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals
    51  
SECTION 11.12. Variable Provisions
    51  
SECTION 11.13. Qualification of Indenture
    51  
SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents; Headings
    52  
SECTION 11.15. Limitation of Liability for Massachusetts Business Trust
    52  
SECTION 11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial
    52  
SECTION 11.17. Force Majeure
    52  

-iii- 


 

Exhibit A — Form of Initial Note
Exhibit B — Form of Exchange Note
Exhibit C — Form of Certificate (transfers pursuant to Regulation S)
Exhibit D — Form of Certificate (transfers pursuant to Rule 144A)
Exhibit E — Form of Incumbency Certificate

-iv- 


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of August 21, 2006, among EXPEDIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties hereto and THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of Holders of the Company’s 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Initial Notes ”) and, if and when issued in exchange for Initial Notes as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company’s 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the “ Notes ”):
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
          SECTION 1.1. Definitions .
          “ Additional Interest ” shall mean the additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Additional Notes ” means 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018 issued from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Sections 2.6, 2.9, 2.11, 3.6, 3.12 and 9.5 of this Indenture, in the case of Notes that are not already Additional Notes, and other than Exchange Notes issued pursuant to an exchange offer for the other Notes outstanding under this Indenture).
          “ Attributable Debt ” means, with respect to any sale and lease-back transaction, at the time of determination, the lesser of (1) the sale price of the property so leased multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the remaining portion of the base term of the lease included in such transaction and the denominator of which is the base term of such lease, and (2) the total obligation (discounted to present value at the implicit interest factor, determined in accordance with GAAP, included in the rental payments) of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes as well as maintenance, repairs, insurance, water rates and other items which do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining portion of the base term of the lease included in such transaction.
          “ Board of Directors ” or “ Board ” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors.
          “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.
          “ Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any preferred stock, partnership interests and limited liability company membership interests, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.


 

2

          “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “ Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, the “Company” shall mean such successor corporation.
          “ Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.
          “ Comparable Treasury Price ” means (1) the arithmetic average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the arithmetic average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date.
          “ Consolidated Net Assets ” means, as of the time of determination, the aggregate amount of assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries after deducting, to the extent included, all current liabilities other than (1) short-term borrowings, (2) current maturities of long-term debt and (3) current maturities of obligations under capital leases, as reflected on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable.
          “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. A person shall be deemed to Control another person if such person (1) is an officer or director of the other person or (2) directly or indirectly owns or controls 10% or more of the other person’s capital stock. The terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
          “ Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, this Indenture shall be principally administered; which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention: Corporate Finance Unit or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders.
          “ Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2005, among Expedia, Inc., Expedia, Inc. (a Washington corporation), Travelscape, Inc., Hotels.com, Hotwire, Inc., the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as administrative agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and any successor credit agreement thereto (whether by renewal, replacement, refinancing or otherwise) that the Company in good faith designates to be its principal credit agreement (taking into account the maximum principal amount of the credit facility provided thereunder, the recourse nature of the agreement and such other factors as the Company deems reasonable in light of the circumstances), such designation (or the designation that at a given time there is no principal credit agreement) to be made by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee.


 

3

          “ Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
          “ DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means (1) any Subsidiary that is not (a) formed under the laws of the United States of America or a state or territory thereof or (b) treated as a domestic entity or a partnership or a division of a domestic entity for U.S. tax purposes or (2) any Subsidiary that is (a) a domestic partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. tax purposes and (b) owned by a Subsidiary described in (1).
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.
          “ guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided , however , that the term “guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee”, when used as a verb, has a correlative meaning.
          “ Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
          “ Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the person in whose name a note is registered on the security register books.
          “ incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for.
          “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, obligations (other than Nonrecourse Obligations) of such Person for borrowed money (including without limitation, indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments).
          “ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “ Independent Investment Banker ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Lehman Brothers Inc., or their respective successors as may be appointed from time to time by the Company; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.


 

4

          “ Initial Purchasers ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement.
          “ Issue Date ” means August 21, 2006.
          “ Lien ” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge or other similar encumbrance.
          “ Nonrecourse Obligation ” means indebtedness or other obligations substantially related to (1) the acquisition of assets not previously owned by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of the Company’s other direct or indirect Subsidiaries or (2) the financing of a project involving the development or expansion of properties of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of the Company’s other direct or indirect Subsidiaries, as to which the obligee with respect to such indebtedness or obligation has no recourse to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of the Company’s other direct or indirect Subsidiaries or any of the Company’s, any Subsidiary Guarantor’s or such Subsidiary’s assets other than the assets which were acquired with the proceeds of such transaction or the project financed with the proceeds of such transaction (and the proceeds thereof).
          “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Controller, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the General Counsel, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary, as applicable.
          “ Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any two Officers of the Company.
          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Company. The counsel may be an employee of the Company. Opinions of Counsel required to be delivered under this Indenture may have qualifications customary for opinions of the type required and counsel delivering such Opinions of Counsel may rely on certificates of the Company or governmental or other officials customary for opinions of the type required, including certificates certifying as to matters of fact.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or political subdivision thereof.
          “ principal ” means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time; provided , however , that for purposes of calculating any such premium, the term “principal” shall not include the premium with respect to which such calculation is being made.
          “ Primary Treasury Dealer ” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City.
          “ Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement, dated August 16, 2006, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.


 

5

          “ Reference Treasury Dealer ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. or two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company, and each of their respective successors and any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.
          “ Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer by 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such redemption date.
          “ Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of the principal and interest thereon that would be due after the related redemption date but for such redemption; provided , however , that, if such redemption date is not an interest payment date with respect to such Note, the amount of the next scheduled interest payment thereon will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued thereon to such redemption date.
          “ Repayment Date ” means August 15, 2013.
          “ Registered Exchange Offer ” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.
          “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2006, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to purchasers of Additional Notes with respect to registration of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.
          “ Restricted Period ” means the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (1) the day on which the Initial Notes first are offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (2) the Issue Date or the date on which any Additional Notes are originally issued in the form of Initial Notes as the case may be.
          “ Restrictive Notes Legend ” means the Restrictive Legend set forth in clause (A) of Section 2.1(c) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (B) of Section 2.1(c), as applicable.
          “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency.
          “ Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.


 

6

          “ Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by DTC), or any successor person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
          “ Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof until the exercise of such option by such holder).
          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of that date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (1) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of that date, owned, controlled or held or (2) that is, as of that date, otherwise Controlled (within the meaning of the first sentence of the definition of “Control”), by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
          “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” means Expedia, Inc. (a Washington corporation), Travelscape, LLC, Hotels.com, Hotwire, Inc., TripAdvisor Business Trust, TripAdvisor LLC, Interactive Affiliate Network, L.L.C., Hotels.com, L.P., Hotels.com GP, LLC, HRN 99 Holdings, LLC, IAN.com, L.P., Owl Holding Company, Inc., Classic Vacations, LLC and any other Subsidiary of the Company that, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, Guarantees the Notes, in each case until such Guarantee is released pursuant to the provisions of Article X.
          “ Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding that redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue. In determining this rate, the Company will assume a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendments, the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.
          “ Trustee ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor.
          “ Trust Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who has direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.


 

7

          “ Uniform Commercial Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
          “ U.S. Government Obligations ” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company’s option.
          SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions .
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Affiliate”
    11.6  
“Agent Members”
    2.1 (d)
“Applicable Procedures”
    2.6 (a)
“Authenticating Agent”
    2.2  
“Bankruptcy Law”
    6.1  
“Company Order”
    2.2  
“covenant defeasance option”
    8.1 (b)
“Custodian”
    6.1  
“Definitive Notes”
    2.1 (e)
“Event of Default”
    6.1  
“Exchange Global Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Exchange Notes”
  Preamble
“Global Notes”
    2.1 (a)
“Initial Notes”
  Preamble
“legal defeasance option”
    8.1 (b)
“Make-Whole Amount”
    3.7  
“Notes”
  Preamble
“Notice of Default”
    6.1  
“Obligations”
    10.1  
“Paying Agent”
    2.3  
“QIBs”
    2.1 (a)
“Registrar”
    2.3  
“Regulation S”
    2.1 (a)
“Regulation S Certificate”
    2.6 (a)
“Regulation S Global Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Regulation S Legend”
    2.1 (c)
“Regulation S Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Restrictive Legend”
    2.1 (c)
“Rule 144A”
    2.1 (a)
“Rule 144A Certificate”
    2.6 (b)
“Rule 144A Global Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Rule 144A Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Successor”
    5.1  
“Trust”
    11.15  


 

8

          SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following terms in the Trust Indenture Act have the following meanings:
          “ Commission ” means the SEC.
          “ indenture securities ” means the Notes.
          “ indenture security holder ” means a Holder.
          “ indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.
          “ indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.
          “ obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.
          SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction . For purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) “including” means including without limitation;
     (4) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
     (5) all references to (a) Initial Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes issued in the form of Initial Notes and (b) Exchange Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes issued in the form of Exchange Notes, in each case, pursuant to Section 2.15;
     (6) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date or the date any Additional Notes were originally issued, as the case may be; and
     (7) all references herein to particular Sections or Articles shall refer to this Indenture unless otherwise so indicated.


 

9

ARTICLE II
The Notes
          SECTION 2.1 Form and Dating . (a) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes shall be resold initially by the Initial Purchasers only to (A) qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) in reliance on Rule 144A (“ QIBs ”) and (B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”)) in reliance on Regulation S. The Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act in accordance with the procedure described herein. The Initial Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.
          Initial Notes offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (each, a “ Rule 144A Note ” and collectively, the “ Rule 144A Notes ”) shall be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
          Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (each, a “ Regulation S Note ” and collectively, the “ Regulation S Notes ”) in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A , which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “ Regulation S Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
          Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Note and a Regulation S Note shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “ Exchange Global Note ”). The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.


 

10

          The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Global Notes .”
          The principal of and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided , however , that at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register or (ii) upon request of any Holder of at least $1,000,000 principal amount of Notes, wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC.
          (b) Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          (c) Restrictive Legends . Unless and until (i) an Initial Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,
          (A) the Rule 144A Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “ Restrictive Legend ”) on the face thereof:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE


 

11

TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.
          (B) the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “ Regulation S Legend ”) on the face thereof:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN


 

12

INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”
          (C) The Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:
“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.”
          (d) Book-Entry Provisions . (i) This Section 2.1(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.


 

13

          (2) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC for such Global Note or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c).
          (3) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
          (4) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section 2.1 to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.
          (5) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section 2.1, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
          (6) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
          (e) Definitive Notes . (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive certificated Notes (“ Definitive Notes ”). If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (b) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC.


 

14

          (2) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(iv) or (v) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(c).
          SECTION 2.2 Execution and Authentication . An Officer of the Company shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
          A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.
          At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000, (2) any Additional Notes for original issue from time to time after the Issue Date in such principal amounts as set forth in Section 2.15 and (3) any Exchange Notes for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (a “ Company Order ”). Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes (other than Additional Notes) which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to $500,000,000. Additionally, the Company may from time to time, without notice to or consent of the Holders, issue such additional principal amounts of Additional Notes as may be issued and authenticated pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph, and Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the same class pursuant to Section 2.6, Section 2.9, Section 2.10, Section 3.6, Section 3.12, Section 9.5 and except for transactions similar to the Registered Exchange Offer.
          The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
          In case the Company, pursuant to Article V, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto (if not otherwise a party to the Indenture) with the Trustee pursuant to Article V, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the


 

15

name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person (if other than the Company) pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person (if other than the Company), at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.
          SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any such additional paying agent. The Company may change the Registrar or appoint one or more co-Registrars without notice.
          In the event the Company shall retain any Person not a party to this Indenture as an agent hereunder, the Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust Indenture Act. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Company shall be responsible for the fees and compensations of all agents appointed or approved by it. Either the Company or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
          The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes.
          SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust . By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest (including any Additional Interest) when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If either of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.


 

16

          SECTION 2.5. Noteholder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.
          SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange .
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes (other than Section 2.1(e) hereof), transfers and exchanges of Notes and beneficial interests in a Global Note of the kinds specified in this Section 2.6 shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.6.
          (a) Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note . If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(a), and subject to the Applicable Procedures (as defined below). Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account and that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Agent Member’s account and (B) a Regulation S Certificate (a “ Regulation S Certificate ”), the form of which is set forth in Exhibit C hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6. “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme or their successors or assigns, in each case, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
          (b) Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note . If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(b) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account and that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Agent Member’s account and (B) if such transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period, a Rule 144A Certificate (a “ Rule 144A Certificate ”), the form of which is set forth in Exhibit D hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall reduce the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
          (c) Rule 144A Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note . If the holder of a Rule 144A Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to


 

17

transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(c) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in Section 2.3 and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater than the principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account and (B) a Rule 144A Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or a Regulation S Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, in either case, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
          (d) Regulation S Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note . If the holder of a Regulation S Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(d) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in Section 2.3 and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater than the principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account and (B) if the transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period and the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, a Rule 144A Certificate satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
          (e) Non-Global Note to Non-Global Note . A Note that is not a Global Note may be transferred, in whole or in part, to a person who takes delivery in the form of another Note that is not a Global Note in accordance with Section 2.3; provided , that if the Note to be transferred in whole or in part is (I) a Rule 144A Note or (II) a Regulation S Note and the transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period, then, in each case, the Trustee, as Registrar, shall have received (A) a Rule 144A Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note, or (B) a Regulation S Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note (subject in each case to Section 2.6(g)).
          (f) Exchange between Global Note and Non-Global Note . A beneficial interest in a Global Note may be exchanged for a Note that is not a Global Note as provided in Section 2.1(e); provided , that if such interest is a beneficial interest in (I) the Rule 144A Global Note or (II) the Regulation S Global Note and such exchange is to occur during the Restricted Period,


 

18

then, in each case, such interest shall be exchanged for a Rule 144A Note (subject in each case to Section 2.6(g)). A Note that is not a Global Note may be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note only if (A) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer effected in accordance with Section 2.6(c) or (d) herein or (B) such Note is a Regulation S Note and such exchange occurs after the Restricted Period.
          (g) Restrictive Notes Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restrictive Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restrictive Notes Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.
          (h) Officer’s Certificate . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the Restricted Period.
          The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.
          (i) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .
          (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.
          (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.6 or 9.5.
          (iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.
          (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


 

19

          (v) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(d) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(c).
          (vi) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall be the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
          (vii) All certificates, certifications and opinions of counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar or any co-registrar pursuant to this Section 2.6 to effect any transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile transmission, with the original to follow by first class mail or hand delivery.
          (j) No Obligation of the Trustee . (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person in respect of any aspect of the records, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records, relating to beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee and the Company may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
          (2) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
          (k) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by DTC to a nominee of DTC, by a nominee of DTC to DTC or to another nominee of DTC, or by the DTC or any such nominee to a successor depositary or to a nominee of such successor depositary.
          Neither the Trustee nor any agent thereof shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC or any successor depositary.
          (l) Accrual of Interest on the Exchange Note; Exchange of Exchange Notes .


 

20

          (i) Interest on any Exchange Note shall accrue from the dates provided in Exhibit B.
          (ii) Subject to Section 2.1(e), upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Exchange Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Notes or Additional Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Initial Notes in the form of Global Notes and/or Additional Notes in the form of Global Notes to be reduced accordingly.
          SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A .
          Attached hereto as Exhibit C and Exhibit D are forms of certificates to be delivered in connection with transfers pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A, respectively.
          SECTION 2.8. Business Days . If a payment date is on a date that is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. If a regular record date is on a day that is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.
          SECTION 2.9. Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note shall provide the Company and the Trustee with evidence to their satisfaction that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. In addition, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or surety bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.
          SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled, those delivered for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.9, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
          If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and


 

21

interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
          SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor, one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes.
          SECTION 2.12. Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer or exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, payment or cancellation and, upon the request of the Company, deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, which shall not prohibit the Company from issuing any Additional Notes, or any Exchange Notes in exchange for Initial Notes. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee may be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its then customary practices and procedures, unless the Company directs otherwise. The Trustee shall provide to the Company a list of all Notes that have been cancelled from time to time as requested in writing by the Company.
          SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest . If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay defaulted interest plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful at the rate specified therefor in the Notes in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee which specified record date shall not be less than 10 days prior to the payment date for such defaulted interest and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Person entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.13.
          SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, etc . The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers and/or other similar numbers (if then generally in use), and, if


 

22

so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers and/or other similar numbers.
          SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes . The Company shall be entitled to issue, from time to time, Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes exchanged therefor (in each case, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto), as the case may be.
          With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:
          (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
          (2) the issue price, the issue date and the “CUSIP” and “ISIN” number of any such Additional Notes and the amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto;
          (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be transfer restricted securities and issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B to this Indenture; and
          (4) if applicable, the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the Restricted Period for such Additional Notes.
          SECTION 2.16. One Class of Notes . The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class; and none of the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall together be deemed to constitute a single class or series for all purposes under this Indenture.
ARTICLE III
Redemption; Repayment at Option of Holders
          SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee . If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 5 or 6 of the Notes or Section 3.7, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.
          The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 30 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period.


 

23

Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate from the Company to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. The record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Company and set forth in the related notice given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not less than 15 days prior to the date selected for redemption by the Company.
          SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed . If fewer than all the Notes then outstanding are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and that the Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be fair and appropriate in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.
          SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption . At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.
          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
          (1) the aggregate amount of Notes to be redeemed;
          (2) the redemption date;
          (3) the redemption price (or the method of calculating such price) and the amount of accrued interest to be paid, if any;
          (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
          (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any;
          (6) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate number (if certificated) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
          (7) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
          (8) the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and
          (9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.


 

24
          At the Company’s written request (which may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.3 at least 5 Business Days prior to the date chosen for giving such notice to the Holders (unless the Trustee shall agree to a shorter period). The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Notes.
          SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3, Notes called for redemption shall become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price as stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent on or after the redemption date, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date; provided , that the Company shall have deposited the redemption price with the Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption; provided further that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the Noteholder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
          SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price . By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption which are owned by the Company or a Subsidiary and have been delivered by the Company or such Subsidiary to the Trustee for cancellation. All money, if any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent shall be remitted to the Company. In addition, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.
          Unless the Company defaults in the payment of such redemption price, interest on the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.
          SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof (at the Company’s expense) a new Note, equal in a principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          SECTION 3.7. Optional Redemption . The Notes shall be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of such Notes and (2) the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments of principal and interest thereon (exclusive


 

25

of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 37.5 basis points (the “ Make-Whole Amount ”), plus accrued interest thereon to the redemption date. The Notes shall also be redeemable as provided in Sections 5 and 6 of the Notes.
          SECTION 3.8. Applicability of Article . Repayment of the Notes before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Notes and in accordance with this Article.
          SECTION 3.9. Repayment of Notes . Each Note is subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holder thereof at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the Repayment Date.
          SECTION 3.10. Exercise of Option . To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Note, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form attached to such Note duly completed by the Holder, must be received by the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Notes) not earlier than June 1, 2013 nor later than June 30, 2013; provided , however , that if June 30, 2013 is not a Business Day, such Note, with such “Option to Elect Repayment” form duly completed, may be received by the Company at the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day. If less than the entire principal amount of such Note is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Note, the principal amount of such Note to be repaid, in increments of $1,000, and the denomination or denominations of the Note or Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the principal amount of such Note surrendered that is not to be repaid must be specified. The principal amount of any Note may not be repaid at the option of the Holder in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Note would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Notes under this Indenture. Exercise of the repayment option by a Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company. No transfer or exchange of any Note (or in the event any Note is to be repaid in part, such portion of such Note to be repaid) will be permitted after exercise of the repayment option with respect to such Note or such portion of such Note. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of this Note for repayment will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding.
          SECTION 3.11. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable . The Company covenants that on or before the Repayment Date the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregated and held as a separate trust fund as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money sufficient to pay 100% of the principal of, and (except if the Repayment Date shall be an Interest Payment Date (as defined in the Notes)) accrued interest, if any, on, all the Notes or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date. If Notes providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by the terms of such Notes, such Notes or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Notes on such Repayment Date) interest on such Notes or the portions thereof, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.


 

26

          SECTION 3.12. Securities Repaid in Part . Upon surrender and cancellation of any Note which is to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of such Note so surrendered and cancelled which is not to be repaid.
ARTICLE IV
Covenants
          SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes . The Company covenants and agrees that it shall promptly pay the principal of and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest (including Additional Interest) shall be considered paid on the date due if, on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date, the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, the segregated account or separate trust fund maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.4) holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest (including Additional Interest) then due. If any Additional Interest is due, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee setting forth the Additional Interest per $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes.
          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful as provided in Section 2.13.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or the Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America or other domestic or foreign taxing authorities from principal or interest payments hereunder.
          SECTION 4.2. Limitations on Liens . (a) So long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company may not directly or indirectly, incur, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon any property or assets (including Capital Stock) of the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries or upon any shares of stock or Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries (whether such property, assets, shares of stock or Indebtedness are now existing or owed or hereafter created or acquired) without in any such case effectively providing, concurrently with the incurrence of any such secured Indebtedness, or the grant of a Lien with respect to any such Indebtedness to be so secured, that the Notes or, in respect of Liens on the property or assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor (together with, if the Company shall so determine, any other Indebtedness of or guarantee by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries ranking equally in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee) shall be secured equally and ratably with (or, at the Company’s option, prior to) such Indebtedness to be so secured; provided , however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:


 

27

               (1) Liens on property, shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary;
               (2) Liens on property, shares of stock or Indebtedness existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (which may include property previously leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and leasehold interests on such property, provided that the lease terminates prior to or upon the acquisition) or Liens on property, shares of stock or Indebtedness to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price thereof, or Liens on property, shares of stock or Indebtedness to secure any Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 18 months after, the latest of the acquisition thereof, or, in the case of property, the completion of construction, the completion of improvements or the commencement of substantial commercial operation of such property for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof, such construction or the making of such improvements;
               (3) Liens securing Indebtedness of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or of the Company owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
               (4) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
               (5) Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of such merger, consolidation, or sale, lease or other disposition or other transaction;
               (6) Liens created in connection with a project financed with, and created to secure, a Nonrecourse Obligation;
               (7) Liens securing all of the Notes or the Guarantees; or
               (8) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) to (7), inclusive, without increase of the principal of the Indebtedness secured thereby; provided , however, that any Liens permitted by any of the foregoing clauses (1) to (7), inclusive, shall not extend to or cover any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, other than the property specified in such clauses and improvements thereto.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2, the Company and its Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness secured by Liens which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions without equally and ratably securing the Notes, or in respect of Liens on any Subsidiary Guarantor’s property or assets, the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness so secured by Liens (not including Liens permitted under clauses (1) through (8) above), together with all Attributable Debt outstanding pursuant to Section 4.3(b) does not at the time exceed 10% of the Consolidated Net Assets of the Company.


 

28

          SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions .
          (a) The Company shall not directly or indirectly, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, unless:
          (1) such transaction was entered into prior to the Issue Date;
          (2) such transaction was for the sale and leasing back to the Company of any property by one of the Company’s Subsidiaries;
          (3) such transaction involves a lease for not more than three years (or which may be terminated by the Company or such Subsidiary within a period of not more than three years);
          (4) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a Lien with respect to such sale and lease-back transaction without equally and ratably securing the notes pursuant to clauses (1) through (8) of Section 4.2(a); or
          (5) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company applies an amount equal to the net proceeds from the sale of such property to the purchase of other property or assets used or useful in the business of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or to the retirement of long-term Indebtedness within 270 days before or after the effective date of any such sale and lease-back transaction; provided that, in lieu of applying such amount to the retirement of long-term indebtedness, the Company may deliver notes to the Trustee for cancellation, such notes to be credited at the cost thereof to the Company.
          (b) Notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in Section 4.3(a), the Company and its Subsidiaries may enter into any sale and lease-back transaction which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions, if after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of all Attributable Debt outstanding with respect to such transactions, together with all indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 4.2(b), does not at the time exceed 10% of the Consolidated Net Assets of the Company.
          SECTION 4.4. Compliance Certificate . The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate signed by its principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer which shall comply with the provisions of Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof any Default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) occurred during the previous fiscal year, specifying all such Defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.
          SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.3. The Company shall give prior written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish


 

29

the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.2.
          SECTION 4.6. Existence . Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation or other Person.
SECTION 4.7. SEC Reports . The Company shall comply with all the applicable provisions of Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. Delivery of such information, documents or reports to the Trustee pursuant to such provisions is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of the covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on the Officers’ Certificate).
ARTICLE V
Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
     SECTION 5.1. When the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or Transfer Assets. Neither of the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will consolidate with or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or merge with or into, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any other Person, unless:
               (i) the Company, or in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, shall be the continuing entity, or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor ”) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor (if not the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Notes, this Indenture and any Guarantee, as applicable (provided that such Successor shall not be required to assume the obligations of any such Subsidiary Guarantor if such Successor would not, after giving effect to such transaction, be required to guarantee the Notes under the provisions of Article X);
               (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
               (iii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture (except that such Opinion of Counsel need not opine as to clause (ii) above) and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of the Successor subject to customary exceptions.
          SECTION 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted . The Successor will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. The Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be


 

30

relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Notes, the Guarantees, if any, and the Indenture to the extent the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor was the predecessor Person, provided , that in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the restrictions contained in this Article V shall cease to apply to any Subsidiary Guarantor immediately upon any merger, consolidation of such Subsidiary Guarantor into the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with this Article V or upon any other termination of the Guarantees of that Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture.
ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies
          SECTION 6.1. Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” occurs with respect to the Notes if:
          (1) A default in any payment of interest (including Additional Interest) on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
          (2) A default in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption or otherwise;
          (3) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to comply with any of its agreements in the Notes or this Indenture (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above) and such failure continues for 90 days after the notice specified below;
          (4) A failure to make any payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period, in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in an amount in excess of $35,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other currency or composite currency and such failure shall have continued for 30 days after the notice specified below; provided , however , that if any such failure shall cease, or be cured, waived, rescinded or annulled, then the Event of Default by reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been cured;
          (5) a default with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $35,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other currency or composite currency without such Indebtedness having been discharged or such acceleration having been cured, waived, rescinded or annulled for a period of 30 days after written notice specified below; provided , however , that if any such default or acceleration shall be cured, waived, rescinded or annulled then the Event of Default by reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been cured;


 

31

          (6) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (A) commences a voluntary case;
     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case in which it is the debtor;
     (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or
     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;
          (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (A) is for relief against the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in an involuntary case;
     (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or for any substantial part of the property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; or
     (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
          (or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws) and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
          (8) the Guarantees of any Subsidiary Guarantors ceases to be in full force and effect during its term or such Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under the terms of this Indenture or its Guarantee, in each case, other than any such cessation, denial or disaffirmation in connection with the termination of such Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of Article X.
          The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
          The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
          If any failure, default or acceleration referred to in clauses (4) or (5) above shall cease or be cured, waived, rescinded or annulled, then the Event of Default hereunder by reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been thereupon cured.


 

32

          A Default with respect to Notes under clauses (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 6.1 is not an Event of Default until the Trustee (by notice to the Company) or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (by notice to the Company and the Trustee) gives notice of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in said clause (3), (4) or (5) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Default ”.
          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 6.1, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
          SECTION 6.2. Acceleration . If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(6) or (7) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders, shall, declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(6) or (7) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
          SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative.
          SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, waive any past or existing Default and its consequences except (1) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note or (2) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.


 

33

          SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority . Upon provision of security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee with respect to the Notes or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee, which may conclusively rely on opinions of counsel, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.
          SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits . A Holder of Notes may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
          (i) An Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Holder gives to the Trustee prior written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;
          (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
          (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it against any costs, liabilities or expenses in compliance with such request;
          (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
          (v) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.
          A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder (it being understood that the Trustee shall not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Noteholders).
          SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
          SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.
          SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,


 

34

disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to an Company, its creditors or any other obligor upon the Notes, or any of their creditors or the property of the Company or such other obligor or their creditors and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.
          SECTION 6.10. Priorities . Any money or other property collected by the Trustee pursuant to Article VI hereof, or any money or other property otherwise distributable in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture, shall be applied in the following order:
     FIRST: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) for amounts due under Section 7.7;
     SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and
     THIRD: to the Company.
          The Trustee may, upon prior written notice to the Company, fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
          SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
          SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . The Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.


 

35

ARTICLE VII
Trustee
          SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee . (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
          (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
          (c) The Trustee may n#ot be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
          (i) this subsection does not limit the effect of subsections (b) or (f) of this Section 7.1;
          (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.
          (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c) and (f) of this Section 7.1.
          (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or other property received by it or for holding moneys or other property uninvested, in either case, except as otherwise agreed between the Company and the Trustee. Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other money or property except to the extent required by law.
          (f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of


 

36

its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
          (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, where applicable.
          SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee . (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance on, any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
          (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers or perform any duties hereunder either directly through attorneys and agents, respectively, and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers to exist or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence.
          (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
          (g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless either (1) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes. Any such notice shall reference this Indenture and the Notes.
          (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities as Registrar and Paying Agent, as the case may be, hereunder.


 

37

          (i) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further reasonable inquiry or reasonable investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
          (j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
          (k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
          SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
          SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.
          SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults . If a Default or an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed to the interests of Noteholders.
          SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders . As promptly as practicable after each January 15 beginning with the January 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to March 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such January 15 that complies with Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall promptly deliver to the Company a copy of any report it delivers to Holders pursuant to this Section 7.6.


 

38

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
          SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity . Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Company, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee (and any predecessor Trustee) from time to time such reasonable compensation for its services as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including costs of collection, in addition to such compensation for its services, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee shall provide the Company reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and any predecessor Trustees against any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (other than taxes applicable to the Trustee’s compensation hereunder) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim of which a Trust Officer has received written notice and for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Company has been prejudiced by such failure. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate, to the extent reasonable, in the defense of any such claim, and, if (in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee) the facts and/or issues surrounding the claim are reasonably likely to create a conflict with the Company, the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of separate counsel to the Trustee. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
          To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee (including any predecessor trustee) shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.
          The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction, discharge and termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and any discharge of this Indenture including any discharge under any bankruptcy law. In addition to and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(6) or (7) with respect to the Company, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.


 

39

          SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may remove the Trustee upon 30 days’ written notice to the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, which successor Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:
          (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
          (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
          (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
          (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company and the Company shall pay all amounts due and owing to the Trustee under Section 7.7 of the Indenture. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders affected by such resignation or removal. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7.
          If a successor Trustee does not take office with respect to the Notes within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
          SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.


 

40

          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
          SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met.
          Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
          SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated.
ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
          SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance . With respect to the Notes, (a) when (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes that have not already been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii)(A) all outstanding Notes have become due and payable, whether at maturity, as a result of repayment at the option of the Holders or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article III hereof or (B) the Notes shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or the Notes are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case of this clause (ii), the Company irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date, and if in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.1(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate from the Company and an Opinion of Counsel from the Company that all conditions precedent provided herein for relating to


 

41

satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and at the cost and expense of the Company.
          (b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (“ legal defeasance option ”) or (ii) its obligations under Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 and the operation of Sections 6.1(3), 6.1(4) and 6.1(5) (“ covenant defeasance option ”). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.
          If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(3), 6.1(4) or 6.1(5).
          Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.
          (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.9, 4.1, 4.5, 7.7, 7.8, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s and the Trustee’s obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
          SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance . The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes only if:
          (i) the Company irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms shall provide cash at such times and in such amounts as shall be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all outstanding Notes (except Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.9) to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
          (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment shall provide cash at such times and in such amounts as shall be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all outstanding Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
          (iii) 91 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 91-day period no Default specified in Section 6.1(6) or (7) occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;
          (iv) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors;


 

42

          (v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
          (vi) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and
          (vii) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with.
          Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III.
          SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations either directly or through the Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.
          SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company . The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.
          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of such principal and interest, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.
          Any unclaimed funds held by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be held uninvested and without any liability for interest.
          SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations . The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the defeased Notes; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to charge any such tax, fee or other charge to such Holder’s account.


 

43

          SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided , however , that (a) if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b) unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall return all such money and U.S. Government Obligations to the Company promptly after receiving a written request therefor at any time, if such reinstatement of the Company’s obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect.
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
          SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders . The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Noteholder:
          (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
          (ii) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case, in accordance with the provisions of Article V;
          (iii) to add any additional Events of Default;
          (iv) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of all the Notes or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;
          (v) to add one or more guarantees for the benefit of Holders of the Notes;
          (vi) to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its Guarantee of the Notes in accordance with Article X;
          (vii) add collateral security with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee;
          (viii) to add or appoint a successor or separate Trustee or other agent;
          (ix) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as


 

44

appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;
          (x) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes;
          (xi) to comply with any requirements in connection with qualifying this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
          (xii) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository;
          (xiii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided , however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are as described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; and
          (xiv) to change any other provision if the change does not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder.
          After an amendment under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.1.
          SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders . The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for Notes). However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment may not:
          (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or installment of interest on, any Note;
          (ii) reduce the principal amount of, or the rate of interest on, any Notes;
          (iii) reduce any premium, if any, payable on the redemption of any Note or change the date on which any Note may or must be redeemed or repaid;
          (iv) change the coin or currency in which the principal of or interest on any Note is payable;
          (v) release the Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor except as provided under Article X, or make any changes to such Guarantee in a manner adverse to the Holders;
          (vi) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity of any Note;
          (vii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required in order to take certain actions;


 

45

          (viii) reduce the requirements for quorum or voting by Holders in this Indenture or the Notes;
          (ix) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture regarding the waiver of past defaults and the waiver of certain covenants by Holders except to increase any percentage vote required or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each Note affected thereby; or
          (x) modify any of the above provisions of this Section 9.2.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.2.
          SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
          SECTION 9.4. Effect of Consents and Waivers . A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective with respect to the Notes, it shall bind every Noteholder.
          The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.
          SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Company shall provide in writing to the Trustee an appropriate notation to be placed on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
          SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying


 

46

upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.4, an Officers’ Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment complies with the provisions of this Article IX and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of the Company in accordance with its terms subject to customary exceptions.
          Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental Indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Noteholder theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
ARTICLE X
Guarantees
          SECTION 10.1. Guarantees . Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby fully unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and to the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes (the “ Obligations ”) to the Trustee and to the Holders. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.
          Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Company.
          Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that the Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Obligations.
          The obligations of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any


 

47

thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Subsidiary Guarantors as a matter of law or equity.
          Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that the Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest, if any, on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.
          In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any of the Subsidiary Guarantors by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).
          Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that, as between itself, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.
          Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1.
          SECTION 10.2. No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, none of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any of the Subsidiary Guarantors seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders, as well as the holders of any other Permitted Indebtedness, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any of the Subsidiary Guarantors on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Subsidiary Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Subsidiary Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.


 

48

          SECTION 10.3. Consideration . Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has received, or shall receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of the Guarantee.
          SECTION 10.4. Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability . Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
          SECTION 10.5. Execution and Delivery . To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture, as the case may be) shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by one of its Officers, managers, its trustee, its managing member or its general partner, as the case may be.
          Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
          If an Officer, manager, trustee, managing member or general partner of a Subsidiary Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture, as the case may be) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
          The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
          SECTION 10.6. Release of Subsidiary Guarantors . A Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released from all its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and its Guarantee, and its Guarantee will automatically terminate (1) upon the termination for any reason of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, upon agreement of the requisite lenders under the Credit Agreement or upon the termination of the Credit Agreement or upon the replacement thereof with a credit facility not providing for


 

49

such Subsidiary Guarantor to be a guarantor or a borrower thereunder), (2) upon the exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option pursuant to Section 8.1(b), or upon satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant Section 8.1(a) and (3) upon the consummation of any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) or other transaction such that after giving effect to such sale, disposition or other transaction such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company. Upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall evidence such release by a supplemental indenture or other instrument which may be executed by the Trustee without the consent of any Holder.
          SECTION 10.7. Future Subsidiary Guarantors . After the Issue Date, the Company shall cause any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor and that becomes a guarantor or a borrower under the Credit Agreement to execute and deliver to the Trustee within 60 days of becoming a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreement, a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and shall provide a Guarantee of the Obligations.
ARTICLE XI
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision included or which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the duty or provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control.
          SECTION 11.2. Notices . Any notice or communication shall be in writing (including facsimile) and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor:
Expedia, Inc.
3150 139th Avenue SE
Bellevue, WA 98005
Facsimile Number: (425) 679-3163
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
if to the Trustee:
The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
700 South Flower Street, Suite 500
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Facsimile Number: (213) 630-6298
Attention: Debt Processing Group
          Any notices between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may be by facsimile or certified first class mail, receipt confirmed and the original to follow by guaranteed overnight courier. The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or


 

50

communications. The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon facsimile transmission of written instructions and/or directions pursuant to this Indenture given by the Company, provided , however that: (1) the Company, subsequent to such facsimile transmission of written instructions and/or directions, shall provide the originally executed instructions and/or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner and (2) such originally executed instructions and/or directions shall be signed by an Authorized “Office” of the Company.
          Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders . Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.
          SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
          (i) an Officers’ Certificate of the Company in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
          (ii) an Opinion of Counsel of the Company in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Opinion of Counsel shall be given with respect to the authentication and delivery of any Initial Notes.
          SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . The certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
          (i) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
          (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
          (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and


 

51

          (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
          SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company (an “ Affiliate ”) shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
          SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
          SECTION 11.8. Governing Law . This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
          SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others . A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company), as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
          SECTION 11.10. Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
          SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.
          SECTION 11.12. Variable Provisions . The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian with respect to any Global Notes (as defined in the Appendix hereto).
          SECTION 11.13. Qualification of Indenture . The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.


 

52

          SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
          SECTION 11.15. Limitation of Liability for Massachusetts Business Trust . The Agreement and Declaration of Trust of TripAdvisor Business Trust (the “Trust”), one of the Subsidiary Guarantors, is on file with the Secretary to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Indenture is executed on behalf of the Trust by the Trust’s trustee or officers, as applicable, as trustee or as officers and not individually and the obligations imposed upon the Trust by this Indenture are not binding upon any of the Trust’s trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust.
          SECTION 11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
          SECTION 11.17. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.


 

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
             
    EXPEDIA, INC.    
    EXPEDIA, INC. (WA)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
   
    Name: Dara Khosrowshahi    
    Title: Chief Executive Officer & President    
 
           
    TRAVELSCAPE, LLC    
    HOTELS.COM    
    HOTWIRE, INC.    
    TRIPADVISOR, LLC    
    INTERACTIVE AFFILIATE NETWORK, L.L.C.    
    HOTELS.COM GP, LLC    
    OWL HOLDING COMPANY, INC.    
    CLASSIC VACATIONS, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Michael B. Adler
 
   
    Name: Michael B. Adler
   
    Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    HRN 99 HOLDINGS, LLC    
 
 
  By:   /s/ Amy Weaver
 
   
    Name: Amy Weaver    
    Title: Manager    
[Expedia Inc. Indenture]


 

 

             
    IAN.COM, L.P.    
    HOTELS.COM, L.P.    
 
           
    By: HOTELS.COM GP, LLC,
   
    its general partner    
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael B. Adler
 
   
    Name: Michael B. Adler    
    Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    TRIPADVISOR BUSINESS TRUST    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen Kaufer
 
   
    Name: Stephen Kaufer    
    Title: Trustee, President and Chief Executive    
 
          Officer, and not individually    
 
           
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST    
    COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Melonee Young
 
   
    Name: Melonee Young    
    Title: Vice President    
[Expedia Inc. Indenture]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]
EXPEDIA, INC.
7.456% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
     
No.                     
  Principal Amount $                     
 
                 (subject to adjustment as reflected in the
 
                 Schedule of Increases and Decreases
 
                 in Global Note attached hereto)
CUSIP NO. [30212PAA3]
[U3010DAA8]
ISIN NO. [US30212PAA30]
[US3010DAA82]
          Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars (subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on August 15, 2018.
          Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on [February 15, 2007] [first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
          Record Dates: February 1 and August 1 of each year.
          Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.
 A-1

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EXPEDIA, INC. has caused this Note to be duly executed.
Dated:                                           , 2006
             
 
           
    EXPEDIA, INC.    
 
           
 
  By        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
     AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
     as Trustee
By                                          
      Authorized Signatory
Dated:                                           , 2006
A-2

 


 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
7.456% Senior Notes due 2018
1. Interest
          Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 7.456% per annum; provided , however , that, upon the occurrence or failure to occur of certain events specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, pay additional interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 0.25% per annum after such event occurs or fails to occur so long as such event continues or fails to occur, as the case may be. Such additional interest shall be payable in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to this Note.
          The Company shall pay interest semiannually on February 15 and August 15 of each year (each such date, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing on [February 15, 2007] [first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from [August 21, 2006] [date of issuance of any Additional Notes], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2. Method of Payment
          By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
          The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
 A-3

 


 

4. Indenture
          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 21, 2006 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to create liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions and enter into mergers and consolidations.
          The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5. Repayment at Option of Holder
          This Note is subject to repayment in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 on August 15, 2013 (the “ Repayment Date ”) at the option of the Holder hereof at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount hereof to be repaid, together with interest hereon accrued to the Repayment Date, all as provided in the Indenture. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, this Note, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form duly completed by the Holder hereof, must be received by the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other address of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holder hereof) not earlier than June 1, 2013 nor later than June 30, 2013; provided , however , that if June 30, 2013 is not a Business Day, this Note, with said “Option to Elect Repayment” form attached hereto duly completed may be received at the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day. Exercise of such option by the Holder of this Note shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company. If less than the entire principal amount of this Note is to be repaid, the principal amount of this Note to be repaid, in increments of $1,000, and the denomination or denominations of the Note or Notes to be issued to the Holder hereof for the portion of the principal amount of this Note that is not to be repaid must be specified. The principal amount of this Note may not be repaid in part at the option of the Holder if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Note would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Notes under the Indenture. No transfer or exchange of this security (or in the event this Note is to be repaid in part, such portion of this Note to be repaid) will be permitted after exercise of the repayment option. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of this Note for repayment will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. Upon surrender and cancellation of this Note to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder hereof,
 A-4

 


 

without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder hereof, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of this Note which is not to be repaid.
     In the event that Holders of the Notes elect to exercise the repayment option with respect to 95% or more of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes outstanding on July 2, 2013, the Company may at its option redeem all, but not less than all, of such Notes remaining outstanding, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by mail, at any time on or after August 16, 2013, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the redemption date, but interest installments which are due on or prior to such redemption date will be payable to the Holder of record at the close of business on the relevant record date referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture. On such redemption date, this Note shall become due and payable and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price therefor) this Note shall cease to bear interest.
6. Optional Redemption
          The Notes shall be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of such Notes and (ii) the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments thereon (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 37.5 basis points (the “ Make-Whole Amount ”), plus accrued interest thereon to the redemption date.
          “ Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.
          “ Comparable Treasury Price ” means (1) the arithmetic average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the arithmetic average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date.
          “ Independent Investment Banker ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Lehman Brothers Inc., or their respective successors as may be appointed from time to time by the Company; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.
          “ Reference Treasury Dealer ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. or two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company, and each of their respective successors and any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.
 A-5

 


 

          “ Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer by 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
          “ Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding that redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue. In determining this rate, the Company will assume a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
          Except as set forth above and in Section 5 of the Notes, the Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company prior to maturity.
          The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
7. Notice of Redemption
          At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations of principal amount larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption date (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, such money is segregated and held in trust) and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.
8. Registration Rights
          The Company is party to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2006, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, pursuant to which it is obligated to pay Additional Interest upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.
9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
          The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register, transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning
 A-6

 


 

15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.
10. Persons Deemed Owners
          The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
11. Unclaimed Money
          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
12. Defeasance
          Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
13. Amendment, Waiver
          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in a connection with a tender offer or exchange for Notes). However, the Indenture requires the consent of each Noteholder that would be affected for certain specified amendments or modifications of the Indenture and the Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Article V of the Indenture, or to add any additional Events of Default, or to add to the covenants of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, or to add one or more guarantees for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee of the notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to add collateral security with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, or to add or appoint a successor or separate trustee or other agent, or to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, or to comply with any requirements in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to change any other provision if the change does not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder.
 A-7

 


 

14. Defaults and Remedies
          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment of Principal on the Notes at its stated maturity date, upon optional redemption or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or the Notes, subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to make any payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period, in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) with an aggregate principal amount then outstanding in excess of $35,000,000, subject to certain conditions; (v) default in respect of other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in an amount in excess of $35,000,000, which results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness, subject to certain conditions; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; and (vii) the Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be in full force an effect during its term or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under the Indenture or its Guarantee, other than in connection with the termination of such Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
          Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
15. Trustee Dealings with the Company
          Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
16. No Recourse Against Others
          A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company), as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
A-8

 


 

17. Authentication
          This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
18. Abbreviations
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
19. [ CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
          The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.]
20. Governing Law
           This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 A-9

 


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
               To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
               I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee’s Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint           as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
                 
 
               
Date:
      Your Signature:        
 
               
Signature Guarantee:                                          
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the certificated Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:
                 
 
    (1 )   o   to the Company; or
 
               
 
    (2 )   o   for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person it reasonably believes is a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
 
               
 
    (3 )   o   pursuant to the offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
 
               
 
    (4 )   o   pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or
 
               
 
    (5 )   o   pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee may refuse to register any of the certificated Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder
 A-10

 


 

thereof; provided , however , that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.
         
 
       
 
       
 
  Signature    
Signature Guarantee:
       
 
       
 
       
 
  Signature    
 
       
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
       
 
A-11

 


 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this certificated Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
             
 
           
Dated:
           
 
           
 
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer    
 
           
Signature Guarantee:        
         
 
      Signature    
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)        
 
A-12

 


 

OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT
     The undersigned hereby irrevocably requests and instructs the Company to repay the within Note (or the portion thereof specified below), pursuant to its terms, on the Repayment Date, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the Repayment Date, to the undersigned at:
     (Please Print or Type Name and Address of the Undersigned.)
     For this Option to Elect Repayment to be effective, this Note with this Option to Elect Repayment duly completed must be received not earlier than June 1, 2013 and not later than June 30, 2013 by the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other address of which the Company shall from time to time notify the holder hereof); provided, however, that if June 30, 2013 is not a Business Day, this Note with this Option to Elect Repayment form duly completed may be received at the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day.
     If less than the entire principal amount of the within Note is to be repaid, specify the denominations of the Note to be issued for the unpaid amount ($2,000 or any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $                     
     
Dated:
  Note: The Signature to this Option to Elect Repayment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alterations or as written upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alterations or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
 
Signature
   
 A-13

 


 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
                                 
                    Principal Amount of this Global     Signature of authorized  
Date of   Amount of decrease in Principal     Amount of increase in Principal     Note following such decrease or     signatory of Trustee or  
Exchange   Amount of this Global Note     Amount of this Global Note     increase     Securities Custodian  
 
                               
 A-14

 


 

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
EXPEDIA, INC.
7.456% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
     
No.                     
  Principal Amount $                     
 
 
(subject to adjustment as reflected in the
Schedule of Increases and Decreases in
Global Note attached hereto)
CUSIP NO. 30212PAB1
ISIN NO. US30212PAB13
          Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars (subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on August 15, 2018.
          Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on [February 15, 2007] [first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
          Record Dates: February 1 and August 1 of each year.
          Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.
B-1

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EXPEDIA, INC. has caused this Note to be duly executed.
Dated:                                           , 200___
             
 
           
    EXPEDIA, INC.    
 
           
 
  By        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
     AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
     as Trustee
By                                          
     Authorized Signatory
Dated:                                           , 200___

B-2


 

 
[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
7.456% Senior Notes due 2018
1. Interest
          Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 7.456% per annum.
          The Company shall pay interest semiannually on February 15 and August 15 of each year (each such date, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing on [February 15, 2007] [first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from [August 21, 2006] [date of issuance of any Additional Notes], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2. Method of Payment
          By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
          The Bank of New York Trust Company N.A., a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
4. Indenture
          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 21, 2006 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof,
 B-3

 


 

the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to create liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions and enter into mergers and consolidations.
          The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5. Repayment at Option of Holder
          This Note is subject to repayment in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 on August 15, 2013 (the “Repayment Date”) at the option of the Holder hereof at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount hereof to be repaid, together with interest hereon accrued to the Repayment Date, all as provided in the Indenture. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, this Note, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form duly completed by the Holder hereof, must be received by the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other address of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holder hereof) not earlier than June 1, 2013 nor later than June 30, 2013; provided , however , that if June 30, 2013 is not a Business Day, this Note, with said “Option to Elect Repayment” form attached hereto duly completed may be received at the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day. Exercise of such option by the Holder of this Note shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company. If less than the entire principal amount of this Note is to be repaid, the principal amount of this Note to be repaid, in increments of $1,000, and the denomination or denominations of the Note or Notes to be issued to the Holder hereof for the portion of the principal amount of this Note that is not to be repaid must be specified. The principal amount of this Note may not be repaid in part at the option of the Holder if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Note would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Notes under the Indenture. No transfer or exchange of this security (or in the event this Note is to be repaid in part, such portion of this Note to be repaid) will be permitted after exercise of the repayment option. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of this Note for repayment will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. Upon surrender and cancellation of this Note to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder hereof, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder hereof, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of this Note which is not to be repaid.
 B-4

 


 

          In the event that Holders of the Notes elect to exercise the repayment option with respect to 95% or more of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes outstanding on July 2, 2013, the Company may at its option redeem all, but not less than all, of such Notes remaining outstanding, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by mail, at any time on or after August 16, 2013, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the redemption date, but interest installments which are due on or prior to such redemption date will be payable to the Holder of record at the close of business on the relevant record date referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture. On such redemption date, this Note shall become due and payable and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price therefor) this Note shall cease to bear interest.
6. Optional Redemption
          The Notes shall be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of such Notes and (ii) the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments thereon (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 37.5 basis points (the “ Make-Whole Amount ”), plus accrued interest thereon to the redemption date.
          “ Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.
          “ Comparable Treasury Price ” means (1) the arithmetic average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the arithmetic average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date.
          “ Independent Investment Banker ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Lehman Brothers Inc., or their respective successors as may be appointed from time to time by the Company; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.
          “ Reference Treasury Dealer ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. or two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company, and each of their respective successors and any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.
          “ Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury
 B-5

 


 

Dealer by 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
          “ Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding that redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue. In determining this rate, the Company will assume a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
          Except as set forth above and in Section 5 of the Notes, the Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company prior to maturity.
          The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
7. Notice of Redemption
          At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations of principal amount larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption date (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, such money is segregated and held in trust) and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.
8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
          The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.
9. Persons Deemed Owners
          The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
10. Unclaimed Money
          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the
 B-6

 


 

money back to the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
11. Defeasance
          Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
12. Amendment, Waiver
          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in a connection with a tender offer or exchange for Notes). However, the Indenture requires the consent of each Noteholder that would be affected for certain specified amendments or modifications of the Indenture and the Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Article V of the Indenture, or to add any additional Events of Default, or to add to the covenants of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, or to add one or more guarantees for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee of the notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to add collateral security with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, or to add or appoint a successor or separate trustee or other agent, or to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, or to comply with any requirements in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to change any other provision if the change does not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder.
13. Defaults and Remedies
          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment of Principal on the Notes at its stated maturity date, upon optional redemption or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or the Notes, subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to make any payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period, in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) with an aggregate principal amount then outstanding in excess of $35,000,000, subject to certain conditions; (v) default in respect of other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in an amount in excess of $35,000,000, which results in the acceleration of such
 B-7

 


 

Indebtedness, subject to certain conditions; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; and (vii) the Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be in full force an effect during its term or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under the Indenture or its Guarantee, other than in connection with the termination of such Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
          Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
14. Trustee Dealings with the Company
          Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
15. No Recourse Against Others
          A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company), as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
16. Authentication
          This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
17. Abbreviations
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
B-8

 


 

18. [ CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
          The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.]
19. Governing Law
           This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
B-9

 


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
          To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
          I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee’s Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
                 
Date:
      Your Signature:        
 
               
Signature Guarantee:                                                               
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee)
 
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
 B-10

 


 

OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT
     The undersigned hereby irrevocably requests and instructs the Company to repay the within Note (or the portion thereof specified below), pursuant to its terms, on the Repayment Date, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the Repayment Date, to the undersigned at:
     (Please Print or Type Name and Address of the Undersigned.)
     For this Option to Elect Repayment to be effective, this Note with this Option to Elect Repayment duly completed must be received not earlier than June 1, 2013 and not later than June 30, 2013 by the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other address of which the Company shall from time to time notify the holder hereof); provided, however, that if June 30, 2013 is not a Business Day, this Note with this Option to Elect Repayment form duly completed may be received at the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day.
     If less than the entire principal amount of the within Note is to be repaid, specify the denominations of the Note to be issued for the unpaid amount ($2,000 or any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $                     
     
Dated: 
  Note: The Signature to this Option to Elect Repayment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alterations or as written upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alterations or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
 
   
Signature
   
B-11

 


 

EXHIBIT C — Form of
Regulation S Certificate
REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(a), (c) and (e) of the Indenture)
     
To:
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
 
  as Trustee
         
 
  Re:   Expedia, Inc. – 7.456% Senior Notes
due 2018 (the “Notes”)
          Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”), among Expedia, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) are used herein as so defined.
          This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the “ Specified Notes ”):
     CUSIP No(s). U3010DAA8
     CERTIFICATE No(s).                                          
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the “ undersigned ”) hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the “ Owner ”. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
          The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the “ Transferee ”) who will take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note. In connection with such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner hereby further certifies as follows:
          1. Rule 903 or 904 Transfers . If the transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule 903 or 904:
 C-1

 


 

     (a) the Owner is not a distributor of the Notes, an affiliate of the Company or of any such distributor or a person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing;
     (b) the offer of the Specified Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
     (c) either:
     (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the Transferee was outside the United States, or
     (ii) the transaction is being executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) and neither the Owner nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
     (d) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States by or on behalf of the Owner or any affiliate thereof;
     (e) if the Owner is a dealer in Notes or has received a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Specified Notes, and the transfer is to occur during the Restricted Period, then the requirements of Rule 904(c)(1) have been satisfied; and
     (f) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
     2.  Rule 144 Transfers . If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144:
     (a) the transfer is occurring after August 21, 2007 and is being effected in accordance with the applicable amount, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144; or
     (b) the transfer is occurring after August 21, 2008 and the Owner is not, and during the preceding three months has not been, an affiliate of the Company.
 C-2

 


 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
             
 
           
Dated:     (Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is defined in the second paragraph of this certificate)    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
    (If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf of the undersigned must be stated)    
 C-3

 


 

EXHIBIT D — Form of
Rule 144A Certificate
RULE 144A CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(b), (c), (d) and (e) of the Indenture)
     
To:
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
 
  as Trustee
         
 
  Re:   Expedia, Inc. – 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”)
          Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2006, (the “ Indenture ”), among Expedia, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) are used herein as so defined.
          This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the “ Specified Notes ”):
     CUSIP No(s). 30212PAA3
     CERTIFICATE No(s).                                          
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the “ undersigned ”) hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the “ Owner ”. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the Undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
          The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the “ Transferee ”) who will take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note. In connection with such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance with Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner hereby further certifies as:
          1. Rule 144A Transfers . If the transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule 144A:
          (a) the Specified Notes are being transferred to a person that the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, acquiring for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer; and
 D-1

 


 

          (b) the Owner and any person acting on its behalf have taken reasonable steps to ensure that the Transferee is aware that the Owner is relying on Rule 144A in connection with the transfer; and
          2. Rule 144 Transfers . If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144:
          (a) the transfer is occurring after August 21, 2007 and is being effected in accordance with the applicable amount, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144; or
          (b) the transfer is occurring after August 21, 2008 and the Owner is not, and during the preceding three months has not been, an affiliate of the Company.
          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
             
 
           
         
Dated:    (Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is defined in the second paragraph of this certificate)    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
    (If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf of the undersigned must be stated)    

D-1 


 

INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE
          The undersigned,                      , being the                      of                      (the “Company”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the Company as set forth in the adjacent right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the far right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of August 21, 2006, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
         
Name   Title   Signature
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the                      day of                      , 20___.
         
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    

D-2

 

Exhibit 4.2
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated August 21, 2006 (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and among Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the subsidiary guarantors listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Guarantors”), and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as representatives (the “Representatives”) of the initial purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”) listed in Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement dated August 16, 2006 (the “Purchase Agreement”).
     The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement, which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018(the “Securities”) which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the Guarantors. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.
     In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     “Additional Guarantor” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Guarantor under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.
     “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.
     “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.
     “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
     “Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.
     “Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 


 

     “Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.
     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.
     “Exchange Securities” shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
     “Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.
     “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Additional Guarantors.
     “Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.
     “Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.
     “Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.
     “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of August 21, 2006 among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
     “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiii) hereof.

 


 

     “Issuer Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.
     “Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.
     “Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
     “Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
     “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.
     “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities are eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act or (iii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding.

 


 

     “Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.
     “Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
     “Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.
     “SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 


 

     “Shelf Additional Interest Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
     “Shelf Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
     “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.
     “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.
     “Shelf Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
     “Subsidiary Guarantees” shall mean the guarantees of the Securities and Exchange Securities by the Guarantors under the Indenture.
     “Staff” shall mean the staff of the SEC.
     “Trust” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(j) hereof.
     “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.
     “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.
     “Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.
     “Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.
     2.  Registration Under the Securities Act . (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to (i) cause to be filed as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than February 17, 2007 an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an

 


 

offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (ii) cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable, but in no event later than May 18, 2007 and (iii) have such Registration Statement remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 30 days after such effective date.
     The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:
(i)   that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;
 
(ii)   the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Exchange Dates”);
 
(iii)   that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;
 
(iv)   that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and
 
(v)   that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

 


 

     As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
     As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
(i)   accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and
 
(ii)   deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.
     The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.
     (b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be completed as soon as reasonably practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by June 17, 2007 or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “Shelf Request”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing

 


 

for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective.
     In the event that the Company and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.
     The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) (or any similar rule then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act with respect to the Registrable Securities or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities (or file on EDGAR) copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.
     (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.
     (d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

 


 

     In the event that (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to February 17, 2007, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC on or prior to May 18, 2007 or (iii) the Exchange Offer is not completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or 2(b)(ii) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to June 17, 2007 (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above, a “Registration Default”), the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum from the date of such Registration Default until such Registration Default is cured or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act. In the event that the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii), and the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) June 17, 2007 or (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request (such later date, the “Shelf Additional Interest Date”), then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum from such date until the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the Company and the Guarantors shall in no event be required to pay additional interest for more than one Registration Default at any given time and (2) a Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes who is not entitled to the benefits of a Shelf Registration Statement shall not be entitled to additional interest with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to such Shelf Registration Statement.
     If the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has become effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum commencing on the 31 st day in such 12-month period and ending on such date that the Shelf Registration Statement has again become effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable.
     (e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 


 

     (f) The Company represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and representatives) will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), other than any communication pursuant to Rule 134 under the Securities Act, any document constituting an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities or the Exchange Securities that falls within the exception from the definition of prospectus in Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or a prospectus satisfying the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act or of Rule 430, Rule 430A, Rule 430B, Rule 430C or Rule 431 under the Securities Act.
     3.  Registration Procedures . (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
     (i) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;
     (ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;
     (iii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, upon request, as many copies of each Prospectus or preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable

 


 

Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;
     (iv) use their commercially reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation or tariff in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;
     (v) notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities and counsel for such Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective and when any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or

 


 

Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Company or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus would be appropriate;
     (vi) use their commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2), including by filing an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form, as soon as practicable and provide prompt notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;
     (vii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon request, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);
     (viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Holders may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;
     (ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(v)(5) hereof, use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantors shall notify the Holders of Registrable Securities to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;
     (x) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus (other than documents that will be incorporated by

 


 

reference therein), provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel) available for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus (other than documents that will be incorporated by reference therein), of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel) shall reasonably object;
     (xi) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;
     (xii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;
     (xiii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection prior to the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement and during the Shelf Effectiveness Period by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Securities (an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority of the Holders of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary

 


 

to protect the confidentiality of such information to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter);
     (xiv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;
     (xv) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;
     (xvi) as may be reasonably be required in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance similar to that provided in the Purchase Agreement, as modified for registered offering, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily

 


 

covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus or Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and
     (xvii) so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Company of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A and to deliver such counterpart, together with an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability thereof against such entity, to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.
     (b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.
     (c) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities covered in such Shelf Registration Statement agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(v)(3) or 3(a)(v)(5) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(ix) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.
     (d) If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only three times during any 365-day

 


 

period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.
     (e) The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.
     4.  Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer . (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
     The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.
     (b) In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) of this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period (but not thereafter) in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

 


 

     (c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.
     5.  Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus used in violation of this Agreement or any “issuer information” (“Issuer Information”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through the Representatives or any selling Holder, respectively expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.
     (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Company and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue

 


 

statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement and any Prospectus.
     (c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 5 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 5. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; or (iii) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or

 


 

liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person (not to be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.
     (d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
     (e) The Company, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by

 


 

which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.
     (f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.
     (g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.
     6.  General .
     (a)  No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
     (b)  Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

 


 

     (c)  Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.
     (d)  Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.
     (e)  Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

 


 

     (f)  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     (g)  Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     (h)  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     (i)  Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.
     (j)  Limitation of Liability for Massachusetts Business Trust . The Agreement and Declaration of Trust of TripAdvisor Business Trust (the “Trust”), one of the Guarantors, is on file with the Secretary to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreement is executed on behalf of the Trust by the Trust’s trustee or officers, as applicable, as trustee or as officers and not individually and the obligations imposed upon the Trust by this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trust’s trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
             
    EXPEDIA, INC.    
    EXPEDIA, INC. (WA)    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
Dara Khosrowshahi
   
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer & President    
 
           
    TRAVELSCAPE, LLC    
    HOTELS.COM
HOTWIRE, INC.
   
    TRIPADVISOR, LLC    
    INTERACTIVE AFFILIATE NETWORK, L.L.C.    
    HOTELS.COM GP, LLC    
    OWL HOLDING COMPANY, INC.    
    CLASSIC VACATIONS, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Michael B. Adler
 
Michael B. Adler
   
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    HRN 99 HOLDINGS, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Amy Weaver
 
Amy Weaver
   
 
  Title:   Manager    
 
           
    IAN.COM, L.P.    
    HOTELS.COM, L.P.    
 
           
    By: HOTELS.COM GP, LLC,    
    its general partner    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Michael B. Adler
 
Michael B. Adler
   
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
[Expedia Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

             
    TRIPADVISOR BUSINESS TRUST    
 
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Stephen Kaufer
 
Stephen Kaufer
   
 
  Title:   Trustee, President and Chief
Executive Officer, and not
individually
   
Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
         
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.    
 
       
By
Name:
  /s/ Stephen L. Sheiner
 
Stephen L. Sheiner
   
Title:
  Vice President    
 
       
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.    
 
       
By
Name:
  /s/ Martin Ragde
 
Martin Ragde
   
Title:
  Managing Director    
for themselves and on behalf of the several
Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule 1 to the
Purchase Agreement.
[Expedia Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

Schedule 1
     
Name of Guarantor   State of Incorporation
Expedia, Inc.
  WA
Travelscape, LLC
  NV
Hotels.com
  DE
Hotwire, Inc.
  DE
TripAdvisor, LLC
  DE
TripAdvisor Business Trust
  MA
Interactive Affiliate Network, LLC
  DE
Hotels.com, L.P.
  TX
Hotels.com GP, LLC
  TX
HRN 99 Holdings, LLC
  NY
IAN.com, L.P.
  DE
Owl Holding Company, Inc.
  DE
Classic Vacations, LLC
  NV

 


 

Annex A
Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement
     The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August ___, 2006 by and among Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc., to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of                                           .
         
  [NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

26

 

Exhibit 10.19
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Michael Adler (“Executive”) and Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and is effective as of May 16, 2006 (the “Effective Date”).
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish its right to the services of Executive, in the capacity described below, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Executive is willing to accept such employment on such terms and conditions.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, Executive and the Company have agreed and do hereby agree as follows:
1.A. EMPLOYMENT . The Company agrees to employ Executive as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company; Executive accepts and agrees to such employment. During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall perform all services and acts necessary or advisable to fulfill the duties and responsibilities as are commensurate and consistent with Executive’s position and shall render such services on the terms set forth herein. During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or such person(s) as from time to time may be designated by the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Reporting Officer”). Executive shall have such powers and duties with respect to the Company as may reasonably be assigned to Executive by the Reporting Officer, to the extent consistent with Executive’s position and status. Executive agrees to devote all of Executive’s working time, attention and efforts to the Company and to perform the duties of Executive’s position in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in Bellevue, Washington.
2.A. TERM OF AGREEMENT . The term (“Term”) of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue through the third anniversary of the Effective Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, May 16, 2009), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 of the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto.
3.A. COMPENSATION .
(a) BASE SALARY . During the Term, the Company shall pay Executive an annual base salary of $375,000.00 (the “Base Salary”), payable in equal biweekly installments or in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Base Salary” shall refer to Base Salary as in effect from time to time.
(b) DISCRETIONARY BONUS . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive discretionary annual bonuses with an annual target bonus equal to 60% of Base Salary, with amounts, if any, for any partial year payable on a pro rata basis.

 


 

(c) SIGNING BONUS . The Company shall pay to Executive a special signing bonus of $250,000 within ten (10) business days following the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company shall not be required to make any payment described in this Section 3A(c) if Executive has resigned without Good Reason or been terminated by the Company for Cause (both as defined in the Standard Terms and Conditions incorporated herein) prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date and (ii) Executive shall forfeit and repay to the Company any amounts paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 3A(c) if, within 12 months following any such payment, Executive resigns without Good Reason or is terminated by the Company for Cause.
(d) BENEFITS . During the Term, from the Effective Date through the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any welfare, health and life insurance and pension benefit and incentive programs as may be adopted from time to time by the Company on the same basis as that provided to similarly situated executives of the Company generally. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:
     (i) Reimbursement for Relocation Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Executive in relocating to Washington State on the same basis as similarly situated executives of the Company generally and in accordance with the Company’s policies (including repayment policies) as in effect from time to time.
     (ii) Reimbursement for Business Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Executive in performing Executive’s duties for the Company, on the same basis as similarly situated executives of the Company generally and in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.
     (iii) Vacation . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company generally.
(e) RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS . Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan, in consideration of Executive’s entering into this Agreement and as an inducement to join the Company, Executive has been granted restricted stock units (representing shares of Common Stock of the Company) in the amounts and on the terms set forth in the agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.
4.A NOTICES . All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by first-class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested or hand delivery acknowledged in writing by the recipient personally, and shall be deemed to have been duly given three days after mailing or immediately upon duly acknowledged hand delivery to the respective persons named below:

2


 

         
 
  If to the Company:   Expedia, Inc.
 
      3150 139 th Avenue SE
 
      Bellevue, Washington 98005
 
      Attention: General Counsel
 
       
 
  With a copy to:   Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
 
      51 West 52 nd Street
 
      New York, New York 10019
 
      Attention: Andrew J. Nussbaum, Esq.
 
       
 
  If to Executive:   At the most recent address on record for Executive at the Company
Either party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant hereto.
5.A. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Washington without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws. Any and all disputes between the parties which may arise pursuant to this Agreement will be heard and determined before an appropriate federal court in Washington, or, if not maintainable therein, then in an appropriate Washington state court. The parties acknowledge that such courts have jurisdiction to interpret and enforce the provisions of this Agreement, and the parties consent to, and waive any and all objections that they may have as to, personal jurisdiction and/or venue in such courts.
6.A COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Executive expressly understands and acknowledges that the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference, deemed a part of this Agreement and are binding and enforceable provisions of this Agreement. References to “this Agreement” or the use of the term “hereof” shall refer to this Agreement and the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto, taken as a whole.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

3


 

     
 
  EXPEDIA, INC.
 
   
 
       /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
   
 
  By: Dara Khosrowshahi
 
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
       /s/ Michael Adler
 
   
 
  Michael Adler

4


 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT .
(a) DEATH . Upon termination of Executive’s employment prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s death, the Company shall pay Executive’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, within 30 days of Executive’s death in a lump sum in cash, (i) Executive’s Base Salary from the date of Executive’s death through the end of the month in which Executive’s death occurs and (ii) any Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 1(f) below).
(b) DISABILITY . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“Disability”), Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of Executive’s duties with the Company for a period of four consecutive months and, within 30 days after written notice is provided to Executive by the Company (in accordance with Section 4A hereof), Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of Executive’s duties, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated by the Company for Disability. During any period prior to such termination during which Executive is absent from the full-time performance of Executive’s duties with the Company due to Disability, the Company shall continue to pay Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the commencement of such period of Disability, offset by any amounts payable to Executive under any disability insurance plan or policy provided by the Company. Upon termination of Executive’s employment due to Disability, the Company shall pay Executive within 30 days of such termination (i) Executive’s Base Salary through the end of the month in which Executive’s termination of employment for Disability occurs in a lump sum in cash, offset by any amounts payable to Executive under any disability insurance plan or policy provided by the Company; and (ii) any Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 1(f) below).
(c) TERMINATION FOR CAUSE/RESIGNATION WITHOUT GOOD REASON . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement with or without Cause at any time and Executive may resign under this Agreement with or without Good Reason at any time. As used herein, “Cause” shall mean: (i) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, conviction for, or the commission of, a felony offense by Executive; provided , however , that after indictment, the Company may suspend Executive from the rendition of services, but without limiting or modifying in any other way the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; (ii) a material breach by Executive of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; (iii) a material breach by Executive of any of the covenants made by Executive in Section 2 hereof; (iv) the willful or gross neglect by Executive of the material duties required by this Agreement; or (v) a knowing and material violation by Executive of any Company policy pertaining to ethics, wrongdoing or conflicts of interest that, in the case of the conduct described in clauses (iv) or (v) above, if curable, is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days after Executive is provided with written notice thereof. Upon Executive’s (A) termination of employment by the Company for Cause prior to the expiration of the Term or (B) resignation without Good Reason prior to the expiration of the Term, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligation by the Company, except for the payment of any Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 1(f) below).

 


 

(d) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR DEATH, DISABILITY OR CAUSE OR RESIGNATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON . Upon termination of Executive’s employment prior to the expiration of the Term (i) by the Company without Cause (other than for death or Disability) or (ii) by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), then (a) the Company shall continue to pay Executive the Base Salary through the longer of (x) the end of the Term over the course of the then remaining Term and (y) twelve months (such period, the “Salary Continuation Period”), in each case payable in equal biweekly installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time, subject in all events to Section 9 below; (b) the Company shall pay Executive within 30 days of the date of such termination in a lump sum in cash any Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 1(f) below) and (c) the Company will consider in good faith the payment of a target discretionary bonus on a pro rata basis for the year in which the Termination of Employment occurs. The payment to Executive of the severance benefits described in this Section 1(d) shall be subject to Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of the Company and its affiliates in a form substantially similar to that used for similarly situated executives of the Company and its affiliates and Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 2 (other than any non-compliance that is immaterial, does not result in harm to the Company or its affiliates, and, if curable, is cured by Executive promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Company). Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s payment of severance benefits described in this Section 1(d) constitutes good and valuable consideration for such release. As used herein, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s prior written consent: (A) the Company’s material breach of any material provision of this Agreement, (B) the material reduction in Executive’s title, duties, reporting responsibilities or level of responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, excluding for this purpose any such reduction that is an isolated and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith or that is authorized pursuant to this Agreement, (C) the reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or the percentage of Executive’s discretionary annual target bonus, or (D) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment more than 50 miles outside the Seattle metropolitan area, provided that in no event shall Executive’s resignation be for “Good Reason” unless (x) an event or circumstance set forth in clauses (A) through (D) shall have occurred and Executive provides the Company with written notice thereof within thirty (30) days after the Executive has knowledge of the occurrence or existence of such event or circumstance, which notice specifically identifies the event or circumstance that Executive believes constitutes Good Reason, (y) the Company fails to correct the circumstance or event so identified within 30 days after the receipt of such notice, and (z) the Executive resigns within 90 days after the date of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (x) above.
(e) MITIGATION; OFFSET . If Executive obtains other employment during the Salary Continuation Period, any payments to be made to Executive under Section 1(d) hereof after the date such employment is secured shall be offset by the amount of compensation earned by Executive from such employment. For purposes of this Section 1(e), Executive shall have an obligation to inform the Company regarding Executive’s employment status following termination and during the Salary Continuation Period, but shall have no affirmative duty to seek alternate employment.

2


 

(f) ACCRUED OBLIGATIONS . As used in this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (i) any portion of Executive’s accrued and earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of death or termination of employment for any reason, as the case may be; (ii) any compensation previously earned but deferred by Executive (together with any interest or earnings thereon) that has not yet been paid; (iii) other than in the event of Executive’s resignation without Good Reason or termination by the Company for Cause (except as required by applicable law), any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid vacation pay through the date of death or termination of employment; and (iv) any vested benefits or amounts that Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any other contract or agreement with the Company or its affiliates in accordance with the terms thereof.
2. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NON-SOLICITATION; AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS .
     (a)  CONFIDENTIALITY . Executive acknowledges that while employed by the Company, Executive will occupy a position of trust and confidence. Executive shall not, except as is appropriate to perform Executive’s duties hereunder or as required by applicable law, disclose to others, use, copy, transmit, reproduce, summarize, quote or make commercial, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information. Executive will also take reasonable steps to safeguard such Confidential Information and prevent its loss, theft, or inadvertent disclosure to third persons. This Section 2 shall apply to Confidential Information acquired by Executive whether prior or subsequent to the execution of this Agreement. “Confidential Information” shall mean information about the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and their respective clients and customers, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information and client and customer lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such Confidential Information, provided that Confidential Information shall not mean any such information that is previously disclosed to, or in possession of, the public other than by reason of Executive’s breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if Executive is required to disclose any such confidential or proprietary information pursuant to applicable law or a subpoena or court order, Executive shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any such requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions hereof. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company to obtain such a protective order or other remedy. If such order or other remedy is not obtained prior to the time Executive is required to make the disclosure, or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, Executive shall disclose only that portion of the confidential or proprietary information which he is advised by counsel that he is legally required to so disclose. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates, and that such information gives the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates a competitive advantage. Executive agrees to deliver or return to the Company, at the Company’s request at any time or upon termination or expiration of Executive’s employment or as soon thereafter as possible, all documents, computer tapes and disks, records, lists, data, drawings, prints, notes and written information (and all copies thereof) furnished by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates or prepared by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates. As used in this Agreement,

3


 

“affiliates” shall mean any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.
(b) DUTY OF LOYALTY . In consideration of the Company’s promise to disclose, and disclosure of, its Confidential Information and other good and valuable consideration provided hereunder, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Executive, Executive hereby agrees and covenants that: Until the longer of (i) the last day of the Term and (ii) a period of twenty four (24) months beyond Executive’s date of termination of employment for any reason, including the expiration of the Term (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in, assist or become associated with a Competitive Activity. For purposes of this Section 2(b): (i) a “Competitive Activity” means, at the time of Executive’s termination, any business or other endeavor in any jurisdiction of a kind being conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (or demonstrably anticipated by the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates), including, without limitation, those that are engaged in the provision of any lodging or travel related services (including, without limitation, corporate travel services), in any jurisdiction as of the Effective Date or at any time thereafter (such affiliates including, without limitation, Hotels.com, Hotwire, Inc. and TripAdvisor); and (ii) Executive shall be considered to have become “associated with a Competitive Activity” if Executive becomes directly or indirectly involved as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, representative, stockholder, financial backer, agent, partner, advisor, lender, or in any other individual or representative capacity with any individual, partnership, corporation or other organization that is engaged in a Competitive Activity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make and retain investments during the Restricted Period, for investment purposes only, in less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation engaged in a Competitive Activity if stock of such corporation is either listed on a national stock exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation.
(c) NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES . Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, hire, recruit or solicit the employment or services of (whether as an employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor), any employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any such person who has terminated his or her relationship with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates within the six-month period prior to such hiring, recruiting or soliciting (except for (i) such employment or hiring by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) such employment or hiring by Executive of an agent, consultant or independent contractor where the primary duties of such person are not for the Company); provided , however that a general solicitation of the public for employment shall not constitute a solicitation hereunder so long as such general solicitation is not designed to target, or does not have the effect of targeting, any employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. This Section 2(c) shall not apply to any administrative assistant working directly for Executive.
(d) NON-SOLICITATION OF BUSINESS PARTNERS . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly,

4


 

persuade or encourage or attempt to persuade or encourage any business partners or business affiliates of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or to engage in any business competitive with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates on its own or with any competitor of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.
(e) PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; ASSIGNMENT . All Executive Developments (as defined below) shall be made for hire by Executive for the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. “Executive Developments” means any idea, discovery, invention, design, method, technique, improvement, enhancement, development, computer program, machine, algorithm or other work or authorship, in each case, (i) that (A) relates to the business or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or (B) results from or is suggested by any undertaking assigned to Executive or work performed by Executive for or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether created alone or with others, during or after working hours and (ii) that is conceived or developed during the Term. All Confidential Information and all Executive Developments shall remain the sole property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. Executive shall acquire no proprietary interest in any Confidential Information or Executive Developments developed or acquired during the Term. To the extent Executive may, by operation of law or otherwise, acquire any right, title or interest in or to any Confidential Information or Executive Development, Executive hereby assigns to the Company all such proprietary rights. Executive shall, both during and after the Term, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute and deliver to the Company all such assignments, certificates and instruments, and shall promptly perform such other acts, as the Company may from time to time in its reasonable discretion deem necessary or desirable to evidence, establish, maintain, perfect, enforce or defend the Company’s rights in Confidential Information and Executive Developments.
(f) COMPLIANCE WITH POLICIES AND PROCEDURES . During the Term, Executive shall adhere to the policies and standards of professionalism set forth in the Company’s Policies and Procedures as they may exist from time to time. Executive hereby consents to, and expressly authorizes, the Company’s use of Executive’s name and likeness in trade publications and other media for trade or commercial purposes.
(g) REMEDIES FOR BREACH . Executive expressly agrees and understands that the Company will have 30 days from receipt of Executive’s notice of any alleged breach by the Company of this Agreement to cure any such breach. Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by Executive of this Section 2 will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not usually susceptible to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, it is acknowledged that upon Executive’s violation or threatened violation of any provision of this Section 2, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction immediate injunctive relief and obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach as well as an equitable accounting of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation without the requirement of posting any bond. Nothing in this Section 2 shall be deemed to limit the Company’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Section 2, which may be pursued by or available to the Company.

5


 

(h) SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS . The obligations contained in this Section 2 shall, to the extent provided in this Section 2, survive the termination or expiration of Executive’s employment with the Company and, as applicable, shall be fully enforceable thereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in any state that any restriction in this Section 2 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under the laws of that state, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by the law of that state.
3. TERMINATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS/EXISTING CLAIMS . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has made, and is not making, and in executing this Agreement, Executive has not relied upon, any representations, promises or inducements except to the extent the same is expressly set forth in this Agreement. Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not party to any contract, understanding, agreement or policy, whether or not written, with Executive’s most-recent employer (the “Previous Employer”) or otherwise, that would be breached by Executive’s entering into, or performing services under, this Agreement. Executive further represents that, prior to the Effective Date, he has disclosed in writing to the Company all material existing, pending or threatened claims against him, if any, as a result of his employment with the Previous Employer or his membership on any boards of directors.
4. ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided , that, in the event of a merger, consolidation, transfer, reorganization, or sale of all, substantially all or a substantial portion of, the assets of the Company with or to any other individual or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor in interest in such transaction, and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder, and all references herein to the “Company” shall refer to such successor.
5. WITHHOLDING . The Company shall make such deductions and withhold such amounts from each payment and benefit made or provided to Executive hereunder, as may be required from time to time by applicable law, governmental regulation or order.
6. HEADING REFERENCES . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. References to “this Agreement” or the use of the term “hereof” shall refer to these Standard Terms and Conditions and the Employment Agreement attached hereto, taken as a whole.
7. WAIVER; MODIFICATION . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance

6


 

with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times. This Agreement shall not be modified in any respect except by a writing executed by each party hereto.
8. SEVERABILITY . In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any portion of this Agreement is in violation of any law or public policy, only the portions of this Agreement that violate such law or public policy shall be stricken. All portions of this Agreement that do not violate any statute or public policy shall continue in full force and effect. Further, any court order striking any portion of this Agreement shall modify the stricken terms as narrowly as possible to give as much effect as possible to the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.
9. SECTION 409A . If any compensation or benefits provided by this Agreement may result in the application of Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall, in consultation with the Executive, modify the Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary in order to exclude such compensation from the definition of “deferred compensation” within the meaning of such Section 409A or in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A, other applicable provision(s) of the Code and/or any rules, regulations or other regulatory guidance issued under such statutory provisions and without any diminution in the value of the payments to the Executive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment shall instead be paid, on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE:
     
 
  EXPEDIA, INC.
 
   
 
       /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
   
 
  By: Dara Khosrowshahi
 
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
       /s/ Michael Adler
 
   
 
  Michael Adler

7

 

Exhibit 10.20
EXPEDIA, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the award date (the “Award Date”) designated on the Summary of Award referenced below, between Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and Michael B. Adler (the “Eligible Individual”) designated as receiving the awards of restricted stock units by the Compensation/Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (or such other Committee as the Board may from time to time designate) (the “Committee”).
     All capitalized terms used herein, to the extent not defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).
1. Award and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units
     (a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and to the provisions of the Plan the Corporation hereby grants to the Eligible Individual pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan:
     (i) 84,832 restricted stock units (the “First RSU Award”) and
     (ii) 53,020 restricted stock units (the “Second RSU Award” and together with the First RSU Award, the “Restricted Stock Units”).
     Reference is made to the “Summary of Award” that can be found on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System at www.benefitaccess.com . Your Summary of Award, which sets forth the number of Restricted Stock Units granted to you by the Corporation and the Award Date (among other information), is hereby incorporated by reference into, and shall be read as part and parcel of, this Agreement.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan and contingent upon satisfaction of applicable performance goals approved by the Committee (the “Performance Goals”) , the Restricted Stock Units shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction (such period during which restrictions apply is the “Restriction Period”):
         
Vesting Date   Percentage of Total Award Vesting
On the first anniversary of the Award Date
    20 %
 
       
On the second anniversary of the Award Date
    20 %
 
       
On the third anniversary of the Award Date
    20 %
 
       
On the fourth anniversary of the Award Date
    20 %
 
       
On the fifth anniversary of the Award Date
    20 %
     (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1(b), in the event the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment by the Corporation for Cause, or the Eligible Individual voluntarily incurs a Termination of Employment within two years after any event or

 


 

circumstance that would have been grounds for a Termination of Employment for Cause, the Eligible Individual’s Restricted Stock Units (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited and canceled in their entirety upon such Termination of Employment, and the Corporation may cause the Eligible Individual, immediately upon notice from the Corporation, either to return the shares issued upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the two-year period after the events or circumstances giving rise to or constituting grounds for such Termination of Employment for Cause or to pay to the Corporation an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, that the Eligible Individual had previously realized in respect of any and all shares issued upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the two-year period after the events or circumstances giving rise to or constituting grounds for such Termination of Employment for Cause ( i.e ., the value of the Restricted Stock Units upon vesting), in each case including any dividend equivalents or other distributions received in respect of any such Restricted Stock Units.
     (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1(b), in the event that (i) the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment during the Restriction Period (other than by reason of the Eligible Individual’s death or Disability) by the Corporation without Cause or by the Eligible Individual for Good Reason and (ii) any applicable Performance Goal has been met as of the date of the Termination of Employment, (x) 50% of the First RSU Award shall vest (to the extent not already vested) and no longer be subject to any restriction, (y) the Second RSU Award shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction in accordance with the schedule set forth on Exhibit A and (z) all other remaining Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited; provided , however , that in the event of a Termination of Employment by the Eligible Individual for Good Reason within two years after any event or circumstance that would have been grounds for a Termination of Employment for Cause, this Paragraph shall be inapplicable and Paragraph 1(b) shall govern.
     (e) In the event the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment during the Restriction Period for any reason other than as set forth in Paragraph 1(b), Paragraph 1(d) or Paragraph 5 (with respect to a Change of Control or a Liberty CIC), all remaining unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited by the Eligible Individual and canceled in their entirety effective immediately upon such termination.
     (f) For purposes of this Agreement, employment with the Corporation shall include employment with the Corporation’s Affiliates (excluding IAC/InterActiveCorp and its subsidiaries) and its successors. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the Eligible Individual any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or any such Affiliates to terminate the Eligible Individual’s employment at any time.
2. Settlement of Units
     As soon as practicable after any Restricted Stock Units have vested and are no longer subject to the Restriction Period (or, to the extent compliant with Section 409A of the Code, at such later date specified by the Committee or in accordance with the election of the Eligible Individual, if the Committee so permits), such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled; provided that to the extent that any Restricted Stock Units shall be settled due to a Termination of

2


 

Employment, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled no earlier than the first business day that is six months following the Eligible Individual’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Subject to Paragraph 8 (pertaining to the withholding of taxes), for each Restricted Stock Unit settled pursuant to this Paragraph 2, the Corporation shall issue one share of Common Stock for each vested Restricted Stock Unit and cause to be delivered to the Eligible Individual one or more unlegended, freely-transferable stock certificates in respect of such shares issued upon settlement of the vested Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be entitled to hold the shares issuable upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that have vested until the Corporation or the agent selected by the Corporation to manage the Plan under which the Restricted Stock Units have been issued (the “Agent”) shall have received from the Eligible Individual a duly executed Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable.
3. Non-Transferability of the Restricted Stock Units
     During the Restriction Period and until such time as the Restricted Stock Units are ultimately settled as provided in Paragraph 2 above, the Restricted Stock Units shall not be transferable by the Eligible Individual by means of sale, assignment, exchange, encumbrance, pledge, hedge or otherwise.
4. Rights as a Stockholder
     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, during the Restriction Period, the Eligible Individual shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Corporation declares and pays dividends on the Common Stock during the Restriction Period, the Eligible Individual will be credited with additional amounts for each Restricted Stock Unit equal to the dividend that would have been paid with respect to such Restricted Stock Unit if it had been an actual share of Common Stock, which amount shall remain subject to restrictions (and as determined by the Committee may be reinvested in Restricted Stock Units or may be held in kind as restricted property) and shall vest concurrently with the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units upon which such dividend equivalent amounts were paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends and distributions other than regular quarterly cash dividends, if any, may result in an adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 5, rather than under this Paragraph 4.
5. Adjustment in the Event of Change in Stock; Change in Control
     (a) In the event of (i) a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Corporation (each, a “Share Change”), or (ii) merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, separation, spinoff, reorganization, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, payment of cash dividends other than an ordinary dividend or similar event affecting the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the Committee or the Board may in its discretion make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to the number of Restricted Stock Units and the number and kind of shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units. In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation (i) the cancellation of the Restricted Stock Units in exchange for

3


 

payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion, (ii) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Corporation and securities of entities other than the Corporation) for the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units and (iii) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of the Restricted Stock Units, or the replacement of the Restricted Stock Units with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Corporation and securities of entities other than the Corporation), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to any Restricted Stock Units that remain based upon securities of the Corporation). The determination of the Committee regarding any such adjustment will be final and conclusive and need not be the same for all Participants.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to Paragraph 1(c), in the event of a Change in Control or a Liberty CIC (as defined below), the Restricted Stock Units shall fully vest and no longer be subject to any restrictions; provided , however , that if such Change in Control or Liberty CIC shall not constitute a “change in control” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, then the Restricted Stock Units shall fully vest but shall not be settled until the earlier of (x) such time as a “change in control” within the meaning of Section 409A occurs or (y) some other permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Code. “Liberty CIC” shall mean (i) the termination of the irrevocable proxy held by Barry Diller to vote shares of the Corporation held by Liberty Media Corporation or its Affiliates or (ii) the acquisition by Liberty Media Corporation or its Affiliates of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of equity securities of the Corporation, such that in the case of either clause (i) or clause (ii) (as applicable), Liberty Media Corporation acquires or assumes more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding equity securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
6. Payment of Transfer Taxes, Fees and Other Expenses
     The Corporation agrees to pay any and all original issue taxes and stock transfer taxes that may be imposed on the issuance of shares received by an Eligible Individual in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, together with any and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith.
7. Other Restrictions
     (a) The Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (i) the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject or related thereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or (ii) the consent or approval of any government regulatory body is required, then in any such event, the award of Restricted Stock Units shall not be effective unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

4


 

     (b) The Eligible Individual acknowledges that the Eligible Individual is subject to the Corporation’s policies regarding compliance with securities laws, including but not limited to its Securities Trading Policy (as in effect from time to time and any successor policies), and, pursuant to these policies, if the Eligible Individual is on the Corporation’s insider list, the Eligible Individual shall be required to obtain pre-clearance from the Corporation’s General Counsel prior to purchasing or selling any of the Corporation’s securities, including any shares issued upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and may be prohibited from selling such shares other than during an open trading window. The Eligible Individual further acknowledges that, in its discretion, the Corporation may prohibit the Eligible Individual from selling such shares even during an open trading window if the Corporation has concerns over the potential for insider trading.
8. Taxes and Withholding
     No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Eligible Individual for federal, state, local or foreign income or employment or other tax purposes with respect to any Restricted Stock Units, the Eligible Individual shall pay to the Corporation, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Corporation regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement shall be conditioned on compliance by the Eligible Individual with this Paragraph 8, and the Corporation and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Eligible Individual, including deducting such amount from the delivery of shares issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units that gives rise to the withholding requirement.
9. Notices
     All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by facsimile, overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
     If to the Eligible Individual: at the last known address on record at the Corporation.
     If to the Corporation:
Expedia, Inc.
3150 139 th Avenue S.E.
Bellevue, WA 98005
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (425) 679-7251
or to such other address or facsimile number as any party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Paragraph 9. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Eligible Individual consents to electronic delivery of documents required to be delivered by the Corporation under the securities laws.

5


 

10. Effect of Agreement
     Except as otherwise provided hereunder, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Corporation.
11. Laws Applicable to Construction; Consent to Jurisdiction
     (a) The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, as applied to contracts executed in and performed wholly within the State of Delaware. In addition to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
     (b) Any and all disputes arising under or out of this Agreement, including without limitation any issues involving the enforcement or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall be resolved by the commencement of an appropriate action in the state or federal courts located within the state of Delaware, which shall be the exclusive jurisdiction for the resolution of any such disputes. The Eligible Individual hereby agrees and consents to the personal jurisdiction of said courts over the Eligible Individual for purposes of the resolution of any and all such disputes.
12. Severability
     The invalidity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.
13. Conflicts and Interpretation
     (a) In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement, or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern including, without limitation, the provisions thereof pursuant to which the Committee has the power, among others, to (i) interpret the Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and (iii) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
     (b) In the event of any (i) conflict between the Summary of Award (or any other information posted on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System) and this Agreement, the Plan and/or the books and records of the Corporation or (ii) ambiguity in the Summary of Award (or any other information posted on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System), this Agreement, the Plan and/or the books and records of the Corporation, as applicable, shall control.
14. Amendment
     The Corporation may modify, amend or waive the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such modification, amendment or waiver shall impair the rights of the Eligible Individual without his or her consent, except as required by applicable law, NASDAQ or stock exchange rules, tax rules or accounting rules. The waiver by either party of compliance with any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be

6


 

construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by such party of a provision of this Agreement.
15. Headings
     The headings of paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
16. Counterparts
     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which together shall constitute one and the same original.
17. Data Protection
     The Eligible Individual authorizes the release from time to time to the Corporation (and any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies) and to the Agent (together, the “Relevant Companies”) of any and all personal or professional data that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). Without limiting the above, the Eligible Individual permits his or her employing company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information (including any professional and personal data that may be useful or necessary for the purposes of the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement and/or to implement or structure any further grants of equity awards (if any)). The Eligible Individual hereby authorizes the Relevant Information to be transferred to any jurisdiction in which the Corporation, his or her employing company or the Agent considers appropriate. The Eligible Individual shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.
18. Section 409A Savings Clause
     If any compensation or benefits provided by this Agreement may result in the application of Section 409A of the Code, the Corporation shall, in consultation with the Eligible Individual, modify the Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary in order to exclude such compensation from the definition of “deferred compensation” within the meaning of such Section 409A of the Code or in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, other applicable provision(s) of the Code and/or any rules, regulations or other regulatory guidance issued under such statutory provisions and without any diminution in the value of the payments to the Eligible Individual. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the date of termination of Eligible Individual’s employment shall instead be paid, on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Eligible Individual’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

7


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, as of the date first above written, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer and the Eligible Individual has hereunto set the Eligible Individual’s hand. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Corporation’s instructions to the Eligible Individual (including through an online acceptance process managed by the Agent) is acceptable.
     
 
  EXPEDIA, INC.
 
   
 
  /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
   
 
  Name: Dara Khosrowshahi
 
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
  ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL
 
   
 
  /s/ Michael B. Adler
 
   
 
  Michael B. Adler

8


 

Exhibit A
     
    Percentage of Second RSU Award
    Granted Hereunder that Vests
    (inclusive of Restricted Stock Units
    under the Second RSU Award Granted
Termination Date
  Hereunder Previously Vested)
On or prior to the first anniversary of the Award Date
  20%
 
   
Following the first anniversary of the Award Date, but prior to the second anniversary of the Award Date
  40%
 
   
On or after the second anniversary of the Award Date, but prior to the third anniversary of the Award Date
  60%
 
   
On or after the third anniversary of the Award Date, but prior to the fourth anniversary of the Award Date
  80%
 
   
On or after the fourth anniversary of the Award Date, but prior to the fifth anniversary of the Award Date
  100%
 
   

 

 

Exhibit 10.21
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
          THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Burke Norton (“Executive”) and Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and is effective October 25, 2006 (the “Effective Date”).
          WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish its right to the services of Executive, in the capacity described below, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Executive is willing to accept such employment on such terms and conditions.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, Executive and the Company have agreed and do hereby agree as follows:
1A. EMPLOYMENT . The Company agrees to employ Executive as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and Executive accepts and agrees to such employment. During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall perform all services and acts necessary or advisable to fulfill the duties and responsibilities as are commensurate and consistent with Executive’s position and shall render such services on the terms set forth herein. During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or such person(s) as from time to time may be designated by the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Reporting Officer”). Executive shall have such powers and duties with respect to the Company as may reasonably be assigned to Executive by the Reporting Officer, to the extent consistent with Executive’s position and status. Executive agrees to devote all of Executive’s working time, attention and efforts to the Company and to perform the duties of Executive’s position in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in Bellevue, Washington.
2A. TERM OF AGREEMENT . The term (“Term”) of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue through the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 of the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto.
3A. COMPENSATION .
     (a)  BASE SALARY . During the Term, the Company shall pay Executive an annual base salary of $375,000.00 (the “Base Salary”), payable in equal biweekly installments or in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Base Salary” shall refer to Base Salary as in effect from time to time.
     (b)  DISCRETIONARY BONUS . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive discretionary annual bonuses with an annual target bonus equal to 75% of Base Salary, with amounts, if any, for any partial year payable on a pro rata basis.
     (c)  SIGNING BONUS . The Company shall pay to Executive a special signing bonus of $250,000 within ten (10) business days following the execution of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company shall not be required to make any payment described in this Section 3A(c) if Executive has resigned without Good Reason or been terminated by the Company for Cause (both as defined in the Standard Terms and Conditions incorporated herein) prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date and (ii)

 


 

Executive shall forfeit and repay to the Company any amounts paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 3A(c) if, within 12 months following any such payment, Executive resigns without Good Reason or is terminated by the Company for Cause.
     (d)  BENEFITS . During the Term, from the Effective Date through the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any welfare, health and life insurance and pension benefit and incentive programs as may be adopted from time to time by the Company on the same basis as that provided to similarly situated executives of the Company generally. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:
     (i) Reimbursement for Relocation Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Executive in relocating to Washington State on the same basis as similarly situated executives of the Company generally and in accordance with the Company’s policies (including repayment policies) as in effect from time to time.
     (ii) Reimbursement for Business Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Executive in performing Executive’s duties for the Company, on the same basis as similarly situated executives of the Company generally and in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.
     (iii) Vacation . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company generally.
     (e)  RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS . Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan, in consideration of Executive’s entering into this Agreement and as an inducement to join the Company, Executive shall be granted restricted stock units (representing shares of Common Stock of the Company) in the amounts and on the terms set forth in the agreements attached hereto as Exhibit A.
4A. NOTICES . All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by first-class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested or hand delivery acknowledged in writing by the recipient personally, and shall be deemed to have been duly given three days after mailing or immediately upon duly acknowledged hand delivery to the respective persons named below:
         
 
  If to the Company:   Expedia, Inc.
 
      3150 139 th Avenue SE
 
      Bellevue, Washington 98005
 
      Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  With a copy to:   Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
 
      51 West 52 nd Street
 
      New York, New York 10019
 
      Attention: Andrew J. Nussbaum, Esq.
 
       
 
  If to Executive:   At the most recent address on record for Executive at the Company.

2


 

Either party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant hereto.
5A. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Washington without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws. Any and all disputes between the parties which may arise pursuant to this Agreement will be heard and determined before an appropriate federal court in Washington, or, if not maintainable therein, then in an appropriate Washington state court. The parties acknowledge that such courts have jurisdiction to interpret and enforce the provisions of this Agreement, and the parties consent to, and waive any and all objections that they may have as to, personal jurisdiction and/or venue in such courts.
6A. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Executive expressly understands and acknowledges that the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference, deemed a part of this Agreement and are binding and enforceable provisions of this Agreement. References to “this Agreement” or the use of the term “hereof” shall refer to this Agreement and the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto, taken as a whole.

3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement.
     
 
  EXPEDIA, INC.
 
   
 
       /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
   
 
  By: Dara Khosrowshahi
 
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
  BURKE NORTON
 
   
 
       /s/ Burke Norton
 
   

4


 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT .
(a) DEATH . Upon termination of Executive’s employment prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s death, the Company shall pay Executive’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, within 30 days of Executive’s death in a lump sum in cash, (i) Executive’s Base Salary from the date of Executive’s death through the end of the month in which Executive’s death occurs and (ii) any Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 1(f) below).
(b) DISABILITY . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“Disability”), Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of Executive’s duties with the Company for a period of four consecutive months and, within 30 days after written notice is provided to Executive by the Company (in accordance with Section 4A hereof), Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of Executive’s duties, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated by the Company for Disability. During any period prior to such termination during which Executive is absent from the full-time performance of Executive’s duties with the Company due to Disability, the Company shall continue to pay Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the commencement of such period of Disability, offset by any amounts payable to Executive under any disability insurance plan or policy provided by the Company. Upon termination of Executive’s employment due to Disability, the Company shall pay Executive within 30 days of such termination (i) Executive’s Base Salary through the end of the month in which Executive’s termination of employment for Disability occurs in a lump sum in cash, offset by any amounts payable to Executive under any disability insurance plan or policy provided by the Company; and (ii) any Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 1(f) below).
(c) TERMINATION FOR CAUSE/RESIGNATION WITHOUT GOOD REASON . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement with or without Cause at any time and Executive may resign under this Agreement with or without Good Reason at any time. As used herein, “Cause” shall mean: (i) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, conviction for, or the commission of, a felony offense by Executive; provided , however , that after indictment, the Company may suspend Executive from the rendition of services, but without limiting or modifying in any other way the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; (ii) a material breach by Executive of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; (iii) a material breach by Executive of any of the covenants made by Executive in Section 2 hereof; (iv) the willful or gross neglect by Executive of the material duties required by this Agreement; or (v) a knowing and material violation by Executive of any Company policy pertaining to ethics, wrongdoing or conflicts of interest that, in the case of the conduct described in clauses (iv) or (v) above, if curable, is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days after Executive is provided with written notice thereof. Upon Executive’s (A) termination of employment by the Company for Cause prior to the expiration of the Term or (B) resignation without Good Reason prior to the expiration of the Term, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligation by the Company, except for the payment of any Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 1(f) below).
(d) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR DEATH, DISABILITY OR CAUSE OR RESIGNATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON . Upon termination of Executive’s employment prior to the expiration of the Term (i) by the Company without Cause (other than for death or Disability) or (ii) by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), then

 


 

(a) the Company shall continue to pay Executive the Base Salary through the longer of (x) the end of the Term over the course of the then remaining Term and (y) twelve months (such period, the “Salary Continuation Period”), in each case payable in equal biweekly installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time, subject in all events to Section 9 below, (b) the Company shall pay Executive within 30 days of the date of such termination in a lump sum in cash any Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 1(f) below) and (c) the Company will consider in good faith the payment of a target discretionary bonus on a pro rata basis for the year in which the Termination of Employment occurs. The payment to Executive of the severance benefits described in this Section 1(d) shall be subject to Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of the Company and its affiliates in a form substantially similar to that used for similarly situated executives of the Company and its affiliates and Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 2 (other than any non-compliance that is immaterial, does not result in harm to the Company or its affiliates, and, if curable, is cured by Executive promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Company). Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s payment of severance benefits described in this Section 1(d) constitutes good and valuable consideration for such release. As used herein, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s prior written consent: (A) the Company’s material breach of any material provision of this Agreement, (B) the material reduction in Executive’s title, duties, reporting responsibilities or level of responsibilities as General Counsel of the Company, excluding for this purpose any such reduction that is an isolated and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith or that is authorized pursuant to this Agreement, (C) the reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or the percentage of Executive’s discretionary annual target bonus, or (D) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment more than 50 miles outside the Seattle metropolitan area, provided that in no event shall Executive’s resignation be for “Good Reason” unless (x) an event or circumstance set forth in clauses (A) through (D) shall have occurred and Executive provides the Company with written notice thereof within thirty (30) days after the Executive has knowledge of the occurrence or existence of such event or circumstance, which notice specifically identifies the event or circumstance that Executive believes constitutes Good Reason, (y) the Company fails to correct the circumstance or event so identified within 30 days after the receipt of such notice, and (z) the Executive resigns within 90 days after the date of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (x) above.
(e) MITIGATION; OFFSET . If Executive obtains other employment during the Salary Continuation Period, any payments to be made to Executive under Section 1(d) hereof after the date such employment is secured shall be offset by the amount of compensation earned by Executive from such employment. For purposes of this Section 1(e), Executive shall have an obligation to inform the Company regarding Executive’s employment status following termination and during the Salary Continuation Period, but shall have no affirmative duty to seek alternate employment.
(f) ACCRUED OBLIGATIONS . As used in this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (i) any portion of Executive’s accrued and earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of death or termination of employment for any reason, as the case may be; (ii) any compensation previously earned but deferred by Executive (together with any interest or earnings thereon) that has not yet been paid; (iii) other than in the event of Executive’s resignation without Good Reason or termination by the Company for Cause (except as required by applicable law), any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid vacation pay through the date of death or termination of employment; and (iv) any vested benefits or amounts that Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy,

2


 

practice or program of or any other contract or agreement with the Company or its affiliates in accordance with the terms thereof.
2. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NON-SOLICITATION; AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS .
(a) CONFIDENTIALITY . Executive acknowledges that while employed by the Company, Executive will occupy a position of trust and confidence. Executive shall not, except as is appropriate to perform Executive’s duties hereunder or as required by applicable law, disclose to others, use, copy, transmit, reproduce, summarize, quote or make commercial, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information. Executive will also take reasonable steps to safeguard such Confidential Information and prevent its loss, theft, or inadvertent disclosure to third persons. This Section 2 shall apply to Confidential Information acquired by Executive whether prior or subsequent to the execution of this Agreement. “Confidential Information” shall mean information about the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and their respective clients and customers, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information and client and customer lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such Confidential Information, provided that Confidential Information shall not mean any such information that is previously disclosed to, or in possession of, the public other than by reason of Executive’s breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if Executive is required to disclose any such confidential or proprietary information pursuant to applicable law or a subpoena or court order, Executive shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any such requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions hereof. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company to obtain such a protective order or other remedy. If such order or other remedy is not obtained prior to the time Executive is required to make the disclosure, or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, Executive shall disclose only that portion of the confidential or proprietary information which he is advised by counsel that he is legally required to so disclose. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates, and that such information gives the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates a competitive advantage. Executive agrees to deliver or return to the Company, at the Company’s request at any time or upon termination or expiration of Executive’s employment or as soon thereafter as possible, all documents, computer tapes and disks, records, lists, data, drawings, prints, notes and written information (and all copies thereof) furnished by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates or prepared by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates. As used in this Agreement, “affiliates” shall mean any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.
(b) DUTY OF LOYALTY . In consideration of the Company’s promise to disclose, and disclosure of, its Confidential Information and other good and valuable consideration provided hereunder, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Executive, Executive hereby agrees and covenants that: Until the longer of (i) the last day of the Term and (ii) a period of twenty four (24) months beyond Executive’s date of termination of employment for any reason, including the expiration of the Term (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in, assist or become associated with a Competitive Activity. For purposes of this Section 2(b): (i) a “Competitive Activity” means, at the time of Executive’s termination, any business or other endeavor in any jurisdiction of a kind being conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (or demonstrably anticipated by the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates), including, without limitation, those that are engaged in the provision of any

3


 

lodging or travel related services (including, without limitation, corporate travel services), in any jurisdiction as of the Effective Date or at any time thereafter (such affiliates including, without limitation, Hotels.com, Hotwire, Inc. and TripAdvisor); and (ii) Executive shall be considered to have become “associated with a Competitive Activity” if Executive becomes directly or indirectly involved as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, representative, stockholder, financial backer, agent, partner, advisor, lender, or in any other individual or representative capacity with any individual, partnership, corporation or other organization that is engaged in a Competitive Activity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make and retain investments during the Restricted Period, for investment purposes only, in less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation engaged in a Competitive Activity if stock of such corporation is either listed on a national stock exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation.
(c) NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES . Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, hire, recruit or solicit the employment or services of (whether as an employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor), any employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any such person who has terminated his or her relationship with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates within the six-month period prior to such hiring, recruiting or soliciting (except for (i) such employment or hiring by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) such employment or hiring by Executive of an agent, consultant or independent contractor where the primary duties of such person are not for the Company); provided , however that a general solicitation of the public for employment shall not constitute a solicitation hereunder so long as such general solicitation is not designed to target, or does not have the effect of targeting, any employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. This Section 2(c) shall not apply to any administrative assistant working directly for Executive.
(d) NON-SOLICITATION OF BUSINESS PARTNERS . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, persuade or encourage or attempt to persuade or encourage any business partners or business affiliates of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or to engage in any business competitive with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates on its own or with any competitor of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.
(e) PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; ASSIGNMENT . All Executive Developments (as defined below) shall be made for hire by Executive for the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. “Executive Developments” means any idea, discovery, invention, design, method, technique, improvement, enhancement, development, computer program, machine, algorithm or other work or authorship, in each case, (i) that (A) relates to the business or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or (B) results from or is suggested by any undertaking assigned to Executive or work performed by Executive for or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether created alone or with others, during or after working hours and (ii) that is conceived or developed during the Term. All Confidential Information and all Executive Developments shall remain the sole property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. Executive shall acquire no proprietary interest in any Confidential Information or Executive Developments developed or acquired during the Term. To the extent Executive may, by operation of law or otherwise,

4


 

acquire any right, title or interest in or to any Confidential Information or Executive Development, Executive hereby assigns to the Company all such proprietary rights. Executive shall, both during and after the Term, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute and deliver to the Company all such assignments, certificates and instruments, and shall promptly perform such other acts, as the Company may from time to time in its reasonable discretion deem necessary or desirable to evidence, establish, maintain, perfect, enforce or defend the Company’s rights in Confidential Information and Executive Developments.
(f) COMPLIANCE WITH POLICIES AND PROCEDURES . During the Term, Executive shall adhere to the policies and standards of professionalism set forth in the Company’s Policies and Procedures as they may exist from time to time. Executive hereby consents to, and expressly authorizes, the Company’s use of Executive’s name and likeness in trade publications and other media for trade or commercial purposes.
(g) REMEDIES FOR BREACH . Executive expressly agrees and understands that the Company will have 30 days from receipt of Executive’s notice of any alleged breach by the Company of this Agreement to cure any such breach. Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by Executive of this Section 2 will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not usually susceptible to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, it is acknowledged that upon Executive’s violation or threatened violation of any provision of this Section 2, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction immediate injunctive relief and obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach as well as an equitable accounting of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation without the requirement of posting any bond. Nothing in this Section 2 shall be deemed to limit the Company’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Section 2, which may be pursued by or available to the Company.
(h) SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS . The obligations contained in this Section 2 shall, to the extent provided in this Section 2, survive the termination or expiration of Executive’s employment with the Company and, as applicable, shall be fully enforceable thereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in any state that any restriction in this Section 2 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under the laws of that state, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by the law of that state.
3. TERMINATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS/EXISTING CLAIMS . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has made, and is not making, and in executing this Agreement, Executive has not relied upon, any representations, promises or inducements except to the extent the same is expressly set forth in this Agreement. Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not party to any contract, understanding, agreement or policy, whether or not written, with Executive’s most-recent employer (the “Previous Employer”) or otherwise, that would be breached by Executive’s entering into, or performing services under, this Agreement. Executive further represents that, prior to the Effective Date, he has disclosed in writing to the Company all material existing, pending or threatened claims against him, if any, as a result of his employment with the Previous Employer or his membership on any boards of directors.

5


 

4. ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided , that, in the event of a merger, consolidation, transfer, reorganization, or sale of all, substantially all or a substantial portion of, the assets of the Company with or to any other individual or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor-in-interest in such transaction, and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder, and all references herein to the “Company” shall refer to such successor.
5. WITHHOLDING . The Company shall make such deductions and withhold such amounts from each payment and benefit made or provided to Executive hereunder, as may be required from time to time by applicable law, governmental regulation or order.
6. HEADING REFERENCES . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. References to “this Agreement” or the use of the term “hereof” shall refer to these Standard Terms and Conditions and the Employment Agreement attached hereto, taken as a whole.
7. WAIVER; MODIFICATION . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times. This Agreement shall not be modified in any respect except by a writing executed by each party hereto.
8. SEVERABILITY . In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any portion of this Agreement is in violation of any law or public policy, only the portions of this Agreement that violate such law or public policy shall be stricken. All portions of this Agreement that do not violate any statute or public policy shall continue in full force and effect. Further, any court order striking any portion of this Agreement shall modify the stricken terms as narrowly as possible to give as much effect as possible to the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.
9. SECTION 409A . If any compensation or benefits provided by this Agreement may result in the application of Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall, in consultation with the Executive, modify the Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary in order to exclude such compensation from the definition of “deferred compensation” within the meaning of such Section 409A or in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A, other applicable provision(s) of the Code and/or any rules, regulations or other regulatory guidance issued under such statutory provisions and without any diminution in the value of the payments to the Executive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment shall instead be paid, on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement.
     
 
  EXPEDIA, INC.
 
   
 
       /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
   
 
  By: Dara Khosrowshahi
 
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
  BURKE NORTON
 
   
 
       /s/ Burke Norton
 
   

7

 

Exhibit 10.22
EXPEDIA, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the award date (the “Award Date”) designated on the Summary of Award referenced below, between Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and Burke Norton (the “Eligible Individual”) designated as receiving an award of restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) by the Compensation/Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (or such other Committee as the Board may from time to time designate) (the “Committee”).
     All capitalized terms used herein, to the extent not defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).
      1.  Award and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units
     (a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and to the provisions of the Plan, the Corporation hereby grants to the Eligible Individual 62,235 Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan. Reference is made to the “Summary of Award” that can be found on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System at www.benefitaccess.com . Your Summary of Award, which sets forth the number of Restricted Stock Units granted to you by the Corporation and the Award Date (among other information), is hereby incorporated by reference into, and shall be read as part and parcel of, this Agreement.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan and contingent upon satisfaction of applicable performance goals approved by the Committee (the “Performance Goals”) , the Restricted Stock Units shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction (such period during which restrictions apply is the “Restriction Period”) as follows:
     
Vesting Date   Percentage of Total Award Vesting
On the first anniversary of the Award Date
  25%
 
   
On the second anniversary of the Award Date
  25%
 
   
On the third anniversary of the Award Date
  25%
 
   
On the fourth anniversary of the Award Date
  25%
     (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1(b), in the event the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment by the Corporation for Cause, or the Eligible Individual voluntarily incurs a Termination of Employment within two years after any event or circumstance that would have been grounds for a Termination of Employment for Cause, the Eligible Individual’s Restricted Stock Units (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited and canceled in their entirety upon such Termination of Employment, and the Corporation may cause the Eligible Individual, immediately upon notice from the Corporation, either to return the shares issued upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the two year period after the events or circumstances giving rise to or constituting grounds for such Termination of

 


 

Employment for Cause or to pay to the Corporation an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, that the Eligible Individual had previously realized in respect of any and all shares issued upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the two year period after the events or circumstances giving rise to or constituting grounds for such Termination of Employment for Cause ( i.e ., the value of the Restricted Stock Units upon vesting), in each case including any dividend equivalents or other distributions received in respect of any such Restricted Stock Units.
     (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1(b), in the event that (i) the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment during the Restriction Period (other than by reason of the Eligible Individual’s death or Disability) by the Corporation without Cause or by the Eligible Individual for Good Reason and (ii) any applicable Performance Goal has been met as of the date of the Termination of Employment, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction in accordance with the schedule set forth on Exhibit A and all other remaining Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited; provided , however , that in the event of a Termination of Employment by the Eligible Individual for Good Reason within two years after any event or circumstance that would have been grounds for a Termination of Employment for Cause, this Paragraph shall be inapplicable and Paragraph 1(b) shall govern.
     (e) In the event the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment during the Restriction Period for any reason other than as set forth in Paragraph 1(b), Paragraph 1(d) or Paragraph 5 (with respect to a Change of Control or a Liberty CIC), all remaining unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited by the Eligible Individual and canceled in their entirety effective immediately upon such termination.
     (f) For purposes of this Agreement, employment with the Corporation shall include employment with the Corporation’s Affiliates (excluding IAC/InterActiveCorp and its subsidiaries) and its successors. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the Eligible Individual any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or any such Affiliates to terminate the Eligible Individual’s employment at any time.
2. Settlement of Units
     As soon as practicable after any Restricted Stock Units have vested and are no longer subject to the Restriction Period (or, to the extent compliant with Section 409A of the Code, at such later date specified by the Committee or in accordance with the election of the Eligible Individual, if the Committee so permits), such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled; provided that to the extent that any Restricted Stock Units shall be settled due to a Termination of Employment, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled no earlier than the first business day that is six months following the Eligible Individual’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Subject to Paragraph 8 (pertaining to the withholding of taxes), for each Restricted Stock Unit settled pursuant to this Paragraph 2, the Corporation shall issue one share of Common Stock for each vested Restricted Stock Unit and cause to be delivered to the Eligible Individual one or more unlegended, freely-transferable stock certificates in respect of such shares issued upon settlement of the vested Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the

2


 

Corporation shall be entitled to hold the shares issuable upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that have vested until the Corporation or the agent selected by the Corporation to manage the Plan under which the Restricted Stock Units have been issued (the “Agent”) shall have received from the Eligible Individual a duly executed Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable.
3. Non-Transferability of the Restricted Stock Units
     During the Restriction Period and until such time as the Restricted Stock Units are ultimately settled as provided in Paragraph 2 above, the Restricted Stock Units shall not be transferable by the Eligible Individual by means of sale, assignment, exchange, encumbrance, pledge, hedge or otherwise.
4. Rights as a Stockholder
     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, during the Restriction Period, the Eligible Individual shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Corporation declares and pays dividends on the Common Stock during the Restriction Period, the Eligible Individual will be credited with additional amounts for each Restricted Stock Unit equal to the dividend that would have been paid with respect to such Restricted Stock Unit if it had been an actual share of Common Stock, which amount shall remain subject to restrictions (and as determined by the Committee may be reinvested in Restricted Stock Units or may be held in kind as restricted property) and shall vest concurrently with the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units upon which such dividend equivalent amounts were paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends and distributions other than regular quarterly cash dividends, if any, may result in an adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 5, rather than under this Paragraph 4.
5. Adjustment in the Event of Change in Stock; Change in Control
     (a) In the event of (i) a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Corporation (each, a “Share Change”), or (ii) merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, separation, spinoff, reorganization, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, payment of cash dividends other than an ordinary dividend or similar event affecting the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the Committee or the Board may in its discretion make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to the number of Restricted Stock Units and the number and kind of shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units. In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation (i) the cancellation of the Restricted Stock Units in exchange for payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion, (ii) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Corporation and securities of entities other than the Corporation) for the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units and (iii) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of the Restricted Stock Units, or the replacement of the Restricted Stock Units with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Corporation and securities of entities other

3


 

than the Corporation), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to any Restricted Stock Units that remain based upon securities of the Corporation). The determination of the Committee regarding any such adjustment will be final and conclusive and need not be the same for all Participants.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to Paragraph 1(c), (i) in the event of a Change in Control, the Restricted Stock Units shall fully vest and no longer be subject to any restrictions, and (ii) upon the Eligible Individual’s Termination of Employment at any time during the two-year period following a Liberty CIC (as defined below) by the Corporation without Cause (other than by reason of the Eligible Individual’s death or Disability) or by the Eligible Individual for Good Reason, the Restricted Stock Units shall fully vest and no longer be subject to any restrictions. “Liberty CIC” shall mean (A) the termination of the irrevocable proxy held by Barry Diller to vote shares of the Corporation held by Liberty Media Corporation or its Affiliates or (B) the acquisition by Liberty Media Corporation or its Affiliates of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of equity securities of the Corporation, such that in the case of either clause (A) or clause (B) (as applicable), Liberty Media Corporation acquires or assumes more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding equity securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
6. Payment of Transfer Taxes, Fees and Other Expenses
     The Corporation agrees to pay any and all original issue taxes and stock transfer taxes that may be imposed on the issuance of shares received by an Eligible Individual in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, together with any and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith.
7. Other Restrictions
     (a) The Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (i) the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject or related thereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or (ii) the consent or approval of any government regulatory body is required, then in any such event, the award of Restricted Stock Units shall not be effective unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.
     (b) The Eligible Individual acknowledges that the Eligible Individual is subject to the Corporation’s policies regarding compliance with securities laws, including but not limited to its Securities Trading Policy (as in effect from time to time and any successor policies), and, pursuant to these policies, if the Eligible Individual is on the Corporation’s insider list, the Eligible Individual shall be required to obtain pre-clearance from the Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer prior to purchasing or selling any of the Corporation’s securities, including any shares issued upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and may be prohibited from selling

4


 

such shares other than during an open trading window. The Eligible Individual further acknowledges that, in its discretion, the Corporation may prohibit the Eligible Individual from selling such shares even during an open trading window if the Corporation has concerns over the potential for insider trading.
8. Taxes and Withholding
     No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Eligible Individual for federal, state, local or foreign income or employment or other tax purposes with respect to any Restricted Stock Units, the Eligible Individual shall pay to the Corporation, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Corporation regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement shall be conditioned on compliance by the Eligible Individual with this Paragraph 8, and the Corporation and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Eligible Individual, including deducting such amount from the delivery of shares issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units that gives rise to the withholding requirement.
9. Notices
     All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by facsimile, overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
     If to the Eligible Individual: at the last known address on record at the Corporation.
     If to the Corporation:
Expedia, Inc.
3150 139 th Avenue S.E.
Bellevue, WA 98005
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile: (425 ) 679-3132
or to such other address or facsimile number as any party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Paragraph 9. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Eligible Individual consents to electronic delivery of documents required to be delivered by the Corporation under the securities laws.
10. Effect of Agreement
     Except as otherwise provided hereunder, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Corporation.

5


 

11. Laws Applicable to Construction; Consent to Jurisdiction
     (a) The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, as applied to contracts executed in and performed wholly within the State of Delaware. In addition to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
     (b) Any and all disputes arising under or out of this Agreement, including without limitation any issues involving the enforcement or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall be resolved by the commencement of an appropriate action in the state or federal courts located within the state of Delaware, which shall be the exclusive jurisdiction for the resolution of any such disputes. The Eligible Individual hereby agrees and consents to the personal jurisdiction of said courts over the Eligible Individual for purposes of the resolution of any and all such disputes.
12. Severability
     The invalidity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.
13. Conflicts and Interpretation
     (a) In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement, or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern including, without limitation, the provisions thereof pursuant to which the Committee has the power, among others, to (i) interpret the Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and (iii) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
     (b) In the event of any (i) conflict between the Summary of Award (or any other information posted on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System) and this Agreement, the Plan and/or the books and records of the Corporation or (ii) ambiguity in the Summary of Award (or any other information posted on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System), this Agreement, the Plan and/or the books and records of the Corporation, as applicable, shall control.
14. Amendment
     The Corporation may modify, amend or waive the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such modification, amendment or waiver shall impair the rights of the Eligible Individual without his or her consent, except as required by applicable law, NASDAQ or stock exchange rules, tax rules or accounting rules. The waiver by either party of compliance with any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by such party of a provision of this Agreement.

6


 

15. Headings
     The headings of paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
16. Counterparts
     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which together shall constitute one and the same original.
17. Data Protection
     The Eligible Individual authorizes the release from time to time to the Corporation (and any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies) and to the Agent (together, the “Relevant Companies”) of any and all personal or professional data that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). Without limiting the above, the Eligible Individual permits his or her employing company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information (including any professional and personal data that may be useful or necessary for the purposes of the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement and/or to implement or structure any further grants of equity awards (if any)). The Eligible Individual hereby authorizes the Relevant Information to be transferred to any jurisdiction in which the Corporation, his or her employing company or the Agent considers appropriate. The Eligible Individual shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.
18. Section 409A Savings Clause
     If any compensation or benefits provided by this Agreement may result in the application of Section 409A of the Code, the Corporation shall, in consultation with the Eligible Individual, modify the Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary in order to exclude such compensation from the definition of “deferred compensation” within the meaning of such Section 409A of the Code or in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, other applicable provision(s) of the Code and/or any rules, regulations or other regulatory guidance issued under such statutory provisions and without any diminution in the value of the payments to the Eligible Individual. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the date of termination of Eligible Individual’s employment shall instead be paid, on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Eligible Individual’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

7


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, as of the date first above written, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer and the Eligible Individual has hereunto set the Eligible Individual’s hand. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Corporation’s instructions to the Eligible Individual (including through an online acceptance process managed by the Agent) is acceptable.
     
 
  EXPEDIA, INC.
 
   
  /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
   
 
  Name:  Dara Khosrowshahi
 
  Title:  President & Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
  BURKE NORTON
 
   
 
  /s/  Burke Norton
 
   

8


 

Exhibit A
     
    Percentage of Total Restricted Stock
    Units Granted Hereunder that Vest
    (inclusive of Restricted Stock Units granted
Termination Date
  hereunder previously vested)
On or prior to the first anniversary of the Award Date
  25%
 
   
Following the first anniversary of the Award Date, but prior to the second anniversary of the Award Date
  50%
 
   
On or after the second anniversary of the Award Date, but prior to the third anniversary of the Award Date
  75%
 
   
On or after the third anniversary of the Award Date, but prior to the fourth anniversary of the Award Date
  100%
 
   

 

 

Exhibit 10.23
EXPEDIA, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the award date (the “Award Date”) designated on the Summary of Award referenced below, between Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and Burke Norton (the “Eligible Individual”) designated as receiving an award of restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) by the Compensation/Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (or such other Committee as the Board may from time to time designate) (the “Committee”).
     All capitalized terms used herein, to the extent not defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).
1. Award and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units
     (a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and to the provisions of the Plan, the Corporation hereby grants to the Eligible Individual 31,117 Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan. Reference is made to the “Summary of Award” that can be found on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System at www.benefitaccess.com . Your Summary of Award, which sets forth the number of Restricted Stock Units granted to you by the Corporation and the Award Date (among other information), is hereby incorporated by reference into, and shall be read as part and parcel of, this Agreement.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan and contingent upon satisfaction of applicable performance goals approved by the Committee (the “Performance Goals”) , the Restricted Stock Units shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction on the fifth anniversary of the Award Date (such period during which restrictions apply is the “Restriction Period”).
     (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1(b), in the event the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment by the Corporation for Cause, or the Eligible Individual voluntarily incurs a Termination of Employment within two years after any event or circumstance that would have been grounds for a Termination of Employment for Cause, the Eligible Individual’s Restricted Stock Units (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited and canceled in their entirety upon such Termination of Employment, and the Corporation may cause the Eligible Individual, immediately upon notice from the Corporation, either to return the shares issued upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the two year period after the events or circumstances giving rise to or constituting grounds for such Termination of Employment for Cause or to pay to the Corporation an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, that the Eligible Individual had previously realized in respect of any and all shares issued upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the two year period after the events or circumstances giving rise to or constituting grounds for such Termination of Employment for Cause ( i.e ., the value of the Restricted Stock Units upon vesting), in each case including any dividend equivalents or other distributions received in respect of any such Restricted Stock Units.
     (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1(b), in the event that (i) the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment during the Restriction Period (other than by

 


 

reason of the Eligible Individual’s death or Disability) by the Corporation without Cause or by the Eligible Individual for Good Reason and (ii) any applicable Performance Goal has been met as of the date of the Termination of Employment, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction in accordance with the schedule set forth on Exhibit A and all other remaining Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited; provided , however , that in the event of a Termination of Employment by the Eligible Individual for Good Reason within two years after any event or circumstance that would have been grounds for a Termination of Employment for Cause, this Paragraph shall be inapplicable and Paragraph 1(b) shall govern.
     (e) In the event the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment during the Restriction Period for any reason other than as set forth in Paragraph 1(b), Paragraph 1(d) or Paragraph 5 (with respect to a Change of Control or a Liberty CIC), all remaining unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited by the Eligible Individual and canceled in their entirety effective immediately upon such termination.
     (f) For purposes of this Agreement, employment with the Corporation shall include employment with the Corporation’s Affiliates (excluding IAC/InterActiveCorp and its subsidiaries) and its successors. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the Eligible Individual any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or any such Affiliates to terminate the Eligible Individual’s employment at any time.
2. Settlement of Units
     As soon as practicable after any Restricted Stock Units have vested and are no longer subject to the Restriction Period (or, to the extent compliant with Section 409A of the Code, at such later date specified by the Committee or in accordance with the election of the Eligible Individual, if the Committee so permits), such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled; provided that to the extent that any Restricted Stock Units shall be settled due to a Termination of Employment, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled no earlier than the first business day that is six months following the Eligible Individual’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Subject to Paragraph 8 (pertaining to the withholding of taxes), for each Restricted Stock Unit settled pursuant to this Paragraph 2, the Corporation shall issue one share of Common Stock for each vested Restricted Stock Unit and cause to be delivered to the Eligible Individual one or more unlegended, freely-transferable stock certificates in respect of such shares issued upon settlement of the vested Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be entitled to hold the shares issuable upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that have vested until the Corporation or the agent selected by the Corporation to manage the Plan under which the Restricted Stock Units have been issued (the “Agent”) shall have received from the Eligible Individual a duly executed Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable.
3. Non-Transferability of the Restricted Stock Units
     During the Restriction Period and until such time as the Restricted Stock Units are ultimately settled as provided in Paragraph 2 above, the Restricted Stock Units shall not be

2


 

transferable by the Eligible Individual by means of sale, assignment, exchange, encumbrance, pledge, hedge or otherwise.
4. Rights as a Stockholder
     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, during the Restriction Period, the Eligible Individual shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Corporation declares and pays dividends on the Common Stock during the Restriction Period, the Eligible Individual will be credited with additional amounts for each Restricted Stock Unit equal to the dividend that would have been paid with respect to such Restricted Stock Unit if it had been an actual share of Common Stock, which amount shall remain subject to restrictions (and as determined by the Committee may be reinvested in Restricted Stock Units or may be held in kind as restricted property) and shall vest concurrently with the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units upon which such dividend equivalent amounts were paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends and distributions other than regular quarterly cash dividends, if any, may result in an adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 5, rather than under this Paragraph 4.
5. Adjustment in the Event of Change in Stock; Change in Control
     (a) In the event of (i) a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Corporation (each, a “Share Change”), or (ii) merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, separation, spinoff, reorganization, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, payment of cash dividends other than an ordinary dividend or similar event affecting the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the Committee or the Board may in its discretion make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to the number of Restricted Stock Units and the number and kind of shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units. In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation (i) the cancellation of the Restricted Stock Units in exchange for payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion, (ii) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Corporation and securities of entities other than the Corporation) for the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units and (iii) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of the Restricted Stock Units, or the replacement of the Restricted Stock Units with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Corporation and securities of entities other than the Corporation), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to any Restricted Stock Units that remain based upon securities of the Corporation). The determination of the Committee regarding any such adjustment will be final and conclusive and need not be the same for all Participants.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to Paragraph 1(c), (i) in the event of a Change in Control, the Restricted Stock Units shall fully vest

3


 

and no longer be subject to any restrictions, and (ii) upon the Eligible Individual’s Termination of Employment at any time during the two-year period following a Liberty CIC (as defined below) by the Corporation without Cause (other than by reason of the Eligible Individual’s death or Disability) or by the Eligible Individual for Good Reason, the Restricted Stock Units shall fully vest and no longer be subject to any restrictions. “Liberty CIC” shall mean (A) the termination of the irrevocable proxy held by Barry Diller to vote shares of the Corporation held by Liberty Media Corporation or its Affiliates or (B) the acquisition by Liberty Media Corporation or its Affiliates of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of equity securities of the Corporation, such that in the case of either clause (A) or clause (B) (as applicable), Liberty Media Corporation acquires or assumes more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding equity securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
6. Payment of Transfer Taxes, Fees and Other Expenses
     The Corporation agrees to pay any and all original issue taxes and stock transfer taxes that may be imposed on the issuance of shares received by an Eligible Individual in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, together with any and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith.
7. Other Restrictions
     (a) The Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (i) the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject or related thereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or (ii) the consent or approval of any government regulatory body is required, then in any such event, the award of Restricted Stock Units shall not be effective unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.
     (b) The Eligible Individual acknowledges that the Eligible Individual is subject to the Corporation’s policies regarding compliance with securities laws, including but not limited to its Securities Trading Policy (as in effect from time to time and any successor policies), and, pursuant to these policies, if the Eligible Individual is on the Corporation’s insider list, the Eligible Individual shall be required to obtain pre-clearance from the Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer prior to purchasing or selling any of the Corporation’s securities, including any shares issued upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and may be prohibited from selling such shares other than during an open trading window. The Eligible Individual further acknowledges that, in its discretion, the Corporation may prohibit the Eligible Individual from selling such shares even during an open trading window if the Corporation has concerns over the potential for insider trading.
8. Taxes and Withholding
     No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Eligible Individual for federal, state, local or foreign income or employment or other tax

4


 

purposes with respect to any Restricted Stock Units, the Eligible Individual shall pay to the Corporation, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Corporation regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement shall be conditioned on compliance by the Eligible Individual with this Paragraph 8, and the Corporation and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Eligible Individual, including deducting such amount from the delivery of shares issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units that gives rise to the withholding requirement.
9. Notices
     All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by facsimile, overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
     If to the Eligible Individual: at the last known address on record at the Corporation.
     If to the Corporation:
Expedia, Inc.
3150 139 th Avenue S.E.
Bellevue, WA 98005
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile: (425) 679-3132
or to such other address or facsimile number as any party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Paragraph 9. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Eligible Individual consents to electronic delivery of documents required to be delivered by the Corporation under the securities laws.
10. Effect of Agreement
     Except as otherwise provided hereunder, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Corporation.
11. Laws Applicable to Construction; Consent to Jurisdiction
     (a) The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, as applied to contracts executed in and performed wholly within the State of Delaware. In addition to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
     (b) Any and all disputes arising under or out of this Agreement, including without limitation any issues involving the enforcement or interpretation of any of the provisions of this

5


 

Agreement, shall be resolved by the commencement of an appropriate action in the state or federal courts located within the state of Delaware, which shall be the exclusive jurisdiction for the resolution of any such disputes. The Eligible Individual hereby agrees and consents to the personal jurisdiction of said courts over the Eligible Individual for purposes of the resolution of any and all such disputes.
12. Severability
     The invalidity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.
13. Conflicts and Interpretation
     (a) In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement, or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern including, without limitation, the provisions thereof pursuant to which the Committee has the power, among others, to (i) interpret the Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and (iii) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
     (b) In the event of any (i) conflict between the Summary of Award (or any other information posted on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System) and this Agreement, the Plan and/or the books and records of the Corporation or (ii) ambiguity in the Summary of Award (or any other information posted on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System), this Agreement, the Plan and/or the books and records of the Corporation, as applicable, shall control.
14. Amendment
     The Corporation may modify, amend or waive the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such modification, amendment or waiver shall impair the rights of the Eligible Individual without his or her consent, except as required by applicable law, NASDAQ or stock exchange rules, tax rules or accounting rules. The waiver by either party of compliance with any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by such party of a provision of this Agreement.
15. Headings
     The headings of paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
16. Counterparts
     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which together shall constitute one and the same original.

6


 

17. Data Protection
     The Eligible Individual authorizes the release from time to time to the Corporation (and any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies) and to the Agent (together, the “Relevant Companies”) of any and all personal or professional data that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). Without limiting the above, the Eligible Individual permits his or her employing company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information (including any professional and personal data that may be useful or necessary for the purposes of the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement and/or to implement or structure any further grants of equity awards (if any)). The Eligible Individual hereby authorizes the Relevant Information to be transferred to any jurisdiction in which the Corporation, his or her employing company or the Agent considers appropriate. The Eligible Individual shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.
18. Section 409A Savings Clause
     If any compensation or benefits provided by this Agreement may result in the application of Section 409A of the Code, the Corporation shall, in consultation with the Eligible Individual, modify the Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary in order to exclude such compensation from the definition of “deferred compensation” within the meaning of such Section 409A of the Code or in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, other applicable provision(s) of the Code and/or any rules, regulations or other regulatory guidance issued under such statutory provisions and without any diminution in the value of the payments to the Eligible Individual. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following the date of termination of Eligible Individual’s employment shall instead be paid, on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Eligible Individual’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

7


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, as of the date first above written, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer and the Eligible Individual has hereunto set the Eligible Individual’s hand. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Corporation’s instructions to the Eligible Individual (including through an online acceptance process managed by the Agent) is acceptable.
     
 
  EXPEDIA, INC.
 
   
 
  /s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
 
   
 
  Name: Dara Khosrowshahi
 
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
  BURKE NORTON
 
   
 
  /s/ Burke Norton
 
   

8


 

Exhibit A
     
    Percentage of Total Restricted Stock
Termination Date
  Units Granted Hereunder that Vest
On or prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date
  20%
 
   
Following the first anniversary of the Effective Date, but prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date
  40%
 
   
On or after the second anniversary of the Effective Date, but prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date
  60%
 
   
On or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date, but prior to the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date
  80%
 
   
On or after the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, but prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date
  100%

 

 

Exhibit 10.24
FORM OF EXPEDIA, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the award date (the “Award Date”) designated on the Summary of Award referenced below, between Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and the employee of the Corporation or one of its businesses (the “Eligible Individual”) designated as receiving an award of restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) by the Compensation/Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (or such other Committee as the Board may from time to time designate) (the “Committee”).
     All capitalized terms used herein, to the extent not defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).
1. Award and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units
     (a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and to the provisions of the Plan[, and subject to the satisfaction of performance goals approved by the Committee], the Corporation hereby grants Restricted Stock Units to the Eligible Individual pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan. Reference is made to the “Summary of Award” that can be found on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System at www.benefitaccess.com (or any successor system selected by the Corporation. Your Summary of Award, which sets forth the number of Restricted Stock Units granted to you by the Corporation and the Award Date (among other information), is hereby incorporated by reference into, and shall be read as part and parcel of, this Agreement.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan , the Restricted Stock Units shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction (such period during which restrictions apply is the “Restriction Period”):
         
Vesting Date   Percentage of Total Award Vesting  
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
     (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1(b), in the event the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment by the Corporation for Cause, or the Eligible Individual voluntarily incurs a Termination of Employment within two years after any event or circumstance that would have been grounds for a Termination of Employment for Cause, the Eligible Individual’s Restricted Stock Units (whether or not

 


 

vested) shall be forfeited and canceled in their entirety upon such Termination of Employment, and the Corporation may cause the Eligible Individual, immediately upon notice from the Corporation, either to return the shares issued upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the two-year period after the events or circumstances giving rise to or constituting grounds for such Termination of Employment for Cause or to pay to the Corporation an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, that the Eligible Individual had previously realized in respect of any and all shares issued upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the two-year period after the events or circumstances giving rise to or constituting grounds for such Termination of Employment for Cause (i.e., the value of the Restricted Stock Units upon vesting), in each case including any dividend equivalents or other distributions received in respect of any such Restricted Stock Units.
     (d) In the event the Eligible Individual incurs a Termination of Employment during the Restriction Period for any reason other than as set forth in Paragraph 1(c), all remaining unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited by the Eligible Individual and canceled in their entirety effective immediately upon such termination.
     (e) For purposes of this Agreement, employment with the Corporation shall include employment with the Corporation’s Affiliates (excluding InterActiveCorp and its subsidiaries) and its successors. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the Eligible Individual any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or any such Affiliates to terminate the Eligible Individual’s employment at any time.
2. Settlement of Units
     As soon as practicable after any Restricted Stock Units have vested and are no longer subject to the Restriction Period (or at such later date specified by the Committee or in accordance with the election of the Eligible Individual, if the Committee so permits), such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled. Subject to Paragraph 8 (pertaining to the withholding of taxes), for each Restricted Stock Unit settled pursuant to this Paragraph 2, the Corporation shall issue one share of Common Stock for each vested Restricted Stock Unit and cause to be delivered to the Eligible Individual one or more unlegended, freely-transferable stock certificates in respect of such shares issued upon settlement of the vested Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be entitled to hold the shares issuable upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units that have vested until the Corporation or the agent selected by the Corporation to manage the Plan under which the Restricted Stock Units have been issued (the “Agent”) shall have received from the Eligible Individual a duly executed Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable.
3. Non-Transferability of the Restricted Stock Units
     During the Restriction Period and until such time as the Restricted Stock Units are ultimately settled as provided in Paragraph 2 above, the Restricted Stock Units shall not

 


 

be transferable by the Eligible Individual by means of sale, assignment, exchange, encumbrance, pledge, hedge or otherwise.
4. Rights as a Stockholder
     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, during the Restriction Period, the Eligible Individual shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Corporation declares and pays dividends on the Common Stock during the Restriction Period, the Eligible Individual will be credited with additional amounts for each Restricted Stock Unit equal to the dividend that would have been paid with respect to such Restricted Stock Unit if it had been an actual share of Common Stock, which amount shall remain subject to restrictions (and as determined by the Committee may be reinvested in Restricted Stock Units or may be held in kind as restricted property) and shall vest concurrently with the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units upon which such dividend equivalent amounts were paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends and distributions other than regular quarterly cash dividends, if any, may result in an adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 5, rather than under this Paragraph 4.
5. Adjustment in the Event of Change in Stock; Change in Control
     In the event of (i) a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Corporation (each, a “Share Change”), or (ii) a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, separation, spinoff, reorganization, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, payment of cash dividends other than an ordinary dividend or similar event affecting the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the Committee or the Board may in its discretion make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to the number of Restricted Stock Units and the number and kind of shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units.
     In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation (i) the cancellation of the Restricted Stock Units in exchange for payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion, (ii) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Corporation and securities of entities other than the Corporation) for the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units and (iii) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of the Restricted Stock Units, or the replacement of the Restricted Stock Units with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Corporation and securities of entities other than the Corporation), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to any Restricted Stock Units that remain based upon securities of the Corporation).

 


 

     The determination of the Committee regarding any such adjustment will be final and conclusive and need not be the same for all Participants.
     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a Change in Control, the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan shall apply.
6. Payment of Transfer Taxes, Fees and Other Expenses
     The Corporation agrees to pay any and all original issue taxes and stock transfer taxes that may be imposed on the issuance of shares received by an Eligible Individual in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, together with any and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith.
7. Other Restrictions
     (a) The Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (i) the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject or related thereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or (ii) the consent or approval of any government regulatory body is required, then in any such event, the award of Restricted Stock Units shall not be effective unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.
     (b) The Eligible Individual acknowledges that the Eligible Individual is subject to the Corporation’s policies regarding compliance with securities laws, including but not limited to its Securities Trading Policy (as in effect from time to time and any successor policies), and, pursuant to these policies, if the Eligible Individual is on the Corporation’s insider list, the Eligible Individual shall be required to obtain pre-clearance from the Corporation’s General Counsel prior to purchasing or selling any of the Corporation’s securities, including any shares issued upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and may be prohibited from selling such shares other than during an open trading window. The Eligible Individual further acknowledges that, in its discretion, the Corporation may prohibit the Eligible Individual from selling such shares even during an open trading window if the Corporation has concerns over the potential for insider trading.
8. Taxes and Withholding
     No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Eligible Individual for federal, state, local or foreign income or employment or other tax purposes with respect to any Restricted Stock Units, the Eligible Individual shall pay to the Corporation, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Corporation regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement shall be conditioned on compliance by the Eligible Individual with this Paragraph 8, and the Corporation and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise

 


 

due to the Eligible Individual, including deducting such amount from the delivery of shares issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units that gives rise to the withholding requirement.
9. Notices
     All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by facsimile, overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
     If to the Eligible Individual: at the last known address on record at the Corporation.
     If to the Corporation:
Expedia, Inc.
3150 139 th Avenue S.E.
Bellevue, WA 98005
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (425) 679-7251
or to such other address or facsimile number as any party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Paragraph 9. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Eligible Individual consents to electronic delivery of documents required to be delivered by the Corporation under the securities laws.
10. Effect of Agreement
     Except as otherwise provided hereunder, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Corporation.
11. Laws Applicable to Construction; Consent to Jurisdiction
     The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, as applied to contracts executed in and performed wholly within the State of Delaware. In addition to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
     Any and all disputes arising under or out of this Agreement, including without limitation any issues involving the enforcement or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall be resolved by the commencement of an appropriate action in the state or federal courts located within the state of Delaware, which shall be the exclusive jurisdiction for the resolution of any such disputes. The Eligible Individual

 


 

hereby agrees and consents to the personal jurisdiction of said courts over the Eligible Individual for purposes of the resolution of any and all such disputes.
12. Severability
     The invalidity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.
13. Conflicts and Interpretation
     In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement, or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern including, without limitation, the provisions thereof pursuant to which the Committee has the power, among others, to (i) interpret the Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and (iii) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
     In the event of any (i) conflict between the Summary of Award (or any other information posted on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System or successor system) and this Agreement, the Plan and/or the books and records of the Corporation or (ii) ambiguity in the Summary of Award (or any other information posted on the Smith Barney Benefit Access System or successor system), this Agreement, the Plan and/or the books and records of the Corporation, as applicable, shall control.
14. Amendment
     The Corporation may modify, amend or waive the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such modification, amendment or waiver shall impair the rights of the Eligible Individual without his or her consent, except as required by applicable law, NASDAQ or stock exchange rules, tax rules or accounting rules. The waiver by either party of compliance with any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by such party of a provision of this Agreement. If the Company makes a good faith determination that any compensation provided under this Agreement is likely to be subject to the additional tax imposed by Section 409A, the Company may, to the extent it deems necessary or advisable, modify this Agreement, without the Eligible Employee’s consent, to reduce the risk that such additional tax will apply, in a manner designed to preserve the material economic benefits intended to be provided to the Eligible Employee under this Agreement (other than any diminution of such benefit that may be attributable to the time value of money resulting from a delay in the timing of payments hereunder for a period of approximately six months or such longer period as may be required).

 


 

15. Headings
     The headings of paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
16. Counterparts
     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which together shall constitute one and the same original.
17. Data Protection
     The Eligible Individual authorizes the release from time to time to the Corporation (and any of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies) and to the Agent (together, the “Relevant Companies”) of any and all personal or professional data that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). Without limiting the above, the Eligible Individual permits his or her employing company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information (including any professional and personal data that may be useful or necessary for the purposes of the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement and/or to implement or structure any further grants of equity awards (if any)). The Eligible Individual hereby authorizes the Relevant Information to be transferred to any jurisdiction in which the Corporation, his or her employing company or the Agent considers appropriate. The Eligible Individual shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, as of the date first above written, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer and the Eligible Individual has hereunto set the Eligible Individual’s hand. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Corporation’s instructions to the Eligible Individual (including through an online acceptance process managed by the Agent) is acceptable.
     
 
  EXPEDIA, INC.
 
   
 
   
 
  Name:
 
  Title:
 
   
 
  ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL
 
   
 
   

 

 

Exhibit 31.1
Certification
     I, Barry Diller, Chairman and Senior Executive of Expedia, Inc., certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Expedia, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:
  a.   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  c.   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: November 13, 2006
  /s/ BARRY DILLER    
 
 
 
Barry Diller
   
 
  Chairman and Senior Executive    

 

 

Exhibit 31.2
Certification
     I, Dara Khosrowshahi, Chief Executive Officer of Expedia, Inc., certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Expedia, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:
  a.   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  c.   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: November 13, 2006
  /s/ DARA KHOSROWSHAHI    
 
 
 
Dara Khosrowshahi
   
 
  Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 31.3
Certification
     I, Michael B. Adler, Chief Financial Officer of Expedia, Inc., certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Expedia, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:
  a.   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  c.   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: November 13, 2006
  /s/ MICHAEL B. ADLER
 
Michael B. Adler
   
 
  Chief Financial Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     I, Barry Diller, Chairman and Senior Executive of Expedia, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to my knowledge:
1)   the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (the “Report”) which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
 
2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
Date: November 13, 2006
  /s/ BARRY DILLER    
 
 
 
Barry Diller
   
 
  Chairman and Senior Executive    

 

 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     I, Dara Khosrowshahi, Chief Executive Officer of Expedia, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to my knowledge:
1)   the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (the “Report”) which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
 
2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
Date: November 13, 2006
  /s/ DARA KHOSROWSHAHI
 
Dara Khosrowshahi
   
 
  Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 32.3
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     I, Michael B. Adler, Chief Financial Officer of Expedia, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to my knowledge:
1)   the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (the “Report”) which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
 
2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
Date: November 13, 2006
  /s/ MICHAEL B. ADLER
 
Michael B. Adler
   
 
  Chief Financial Officer